PART 1- GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 3 – CONSTRUCTION METHODS
PART 6 – TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
PART 8 – LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION
PARCEL: 760-167-22-00
LOT 1 OF PALOMA - AREA 13, SCHOOL PARK SITE ACCORDING TO MAP NO 12353 1387 W. BORDEN RD SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
PROJECT ADDRESS:
ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NO.
OWNER:
GOVERNING AGENCY:
SCOPE OF WORK:
GOVERNING CODES:
OCCUPANCY GROUP:
CONSTRUCTION TYPE:
760-167-22-00
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1 CIVIC CENTER DRIVE
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1 CIVIC CENTER DRIVE
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE
2019 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE
2019 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE
2019 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE
2019 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE
2019 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE
180 SF ADDITION TO EXISTING BUILDING
FOR STORAGE OF CHLORINE TANK
B
V-B
ALLOWABLE BLDG AREA:
ACTUAL BLDG AREA:
SITE AREA:
NUMBER OF STORIES:
MAX BUILDING HEIGHT:
B
R-3
9,000 S.F.
UNLIMITED S.F.
2,400 S.F.
180 S.F.
880 S.F.
3,460 S.F.
(B) FIRST FLOOR (EXISTING)
(B) FIRST FLOOR (PROPOSED)
(R-3) SECOND FLOOR (EXISTING)
TOTAL BUILDING AREA
499,197 S.F.
(11.46 ACRES)
2 40' - 0"
ARCHITECTURE
JEFF KATZ ARCHITECTURE
6353 Del Cerro Blvd
San Diego, CA 92120
(619) 698-9177 / (619) 698-9178 (FAX)
Contact: Jeff Katz, AIA
[email protected]
PLUMBING
McPARLANE & ASSOCIATES
4830 Viewridge Avenue
San Diego, CA 93123
(619) 277 -9721
Contact: Doug Isaaks, P.E.
[email protected]
ELECTRICAL
ELEN CONSULTING, INC.
9150 Chesapeake Dr., Suite 220
San Diego, CA 92123
(619) 550-1085
Contact: Anton Nathanson
[email protected]
CIVIL
KIMLEY-HORN
401 B STREET, SUITE 600
SAN DIEGO, CA 92101
(619) 234-9411
Contact: Leo Espelet, PE,TE
[email protected]
STRUCTURAL
ORIE 2 ENGINEERING, INC.
9750 Miramar Road, Suite 310
San Diego, CA 92126
(619) 335-7843
Contact: Don Orie
[email protected]
MECHANICAL
McPARLANE & ASSOCIATES
4830 Viewridge Avenue
San Diego, CA 93123
(619) 277 -9721
Contact: Doug Isaaks, P.E.
[email protected]
A REGISTERED CALIFORNIA ARCHITECT, CIVIL OR STRUCTU RAL ENGINEER SHALL
OBSERVE THE WORK OF CONSTRUCTION AND SUBMIT AFFIDAV ITS ATTESTING TO
THE COMPLIANCE OF THE CONSTRUCTION WITH THE APPROVE D CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
NOTE:
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
A AAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
TITLE SHEET
210801
T-1
MK
JK
AS
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
LEGAL DESCRIPTION PROJECT DATA
PROJECT TEAM
VICINITY MAP LOCATION MAP
CITY OF SAN MARCOS - LAS POSAS POOL
1387 W. BORDEN RD. SAN MARCOS, CA
GRID
DETAIL
BUILDING SECTION
WALL TYPE
WINDOW TYPE
DOOR NUMBER
ROOM NUMBER
DATUM POINT
CORNER GUARD
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
CONTINUOUS, UNOBSTRUCTED AND
UNDIMINISHED PATH OF TRAVEL
ROOM NAME
ROOM NUMBER
INTERIOR ELEVATION
CG
FE
123
BUNK
DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE FLOOR PLANS, SECTIONS AND D ETAILS ARE TO FACE OF
STUDS, COLUMN GRID LINES AND FACE OF CONCRETE AND BLOCK WALLS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SHOWN.
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION.
ALL ITEMS ARE BASE BID UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SPECIFIED.
ALL DRAIN LINES WITHIN WALLS ARE TO BE WRAPPED IN S OUND INSULATION BATTS.
EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE W ITHOUT USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS REQUIRED BY THE PLUMBING, AIR CONDITIONING AND OTHER INSTALLERS, AS REQUIRED BY C ODE. ANY ACCESS PANEL IN A
FIRE RATED WALL OR CEILING SHALL HAVE THE SAME FIRE RATING AS THE WALL OR CEILING IN WHICH THEY OCCUR.
STRUCTURAL AND FIRE RESISTIVE INTEGRITY SHALL BE MA INTAINED AT PENETRATIONS FOR
MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, AND COMMUNICATION S PIPE, DUCT AND CONDUIT AS INDICATED.
PROVIDE FIRE BLOCKING AT FLOOR, CEILING AND MID HEI GHT OF WALLS OVER 10'-0".
STUCCO, PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD SHALL TERMINATE WI TH A "J" MOLDING WHERE THE EDGE IS EXPOSED UNLESS NOTED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE.
A FLOOR OR LANDING NOT MORE THE 1/4" BELOW THE THRESHOLD IS REQUIRED AT EACH SIDE OF AN EXIT DOOR.
BRAND OR TRADE NAME, SUBSTITUTIONS OF "EQUALS": REQ UESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS OF AN ITEM AS AN "EQUAL" TO ANY ITEM INDICATED OR SPEC IFIED MUST BE INCLUDED AS A PART OF THE CONTRACTOR'S BID PROPOSAL, AS SPECIFIED IN THE GENERAL CONDITIONS.
WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GRAPHIC SCA LE. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS.
IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT WHILE EXISTING UTILITY DRAW INGS ARE AVAILABLE, THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT ALL UTILITIES ARE SHOWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCEED WITH
CAUTION TO INSURE THAT ALL UTILITIES ENCOUNTERED, W HETHER OR NOT OF RECORD, SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO TAKE PRECAUTIONS
NECESSARY TO PROTECT HIMSELF AND ALL EMPLOYEES FROM INJURY WHICH MAY BE CAUSED BY CONTACT WITH UTILITY SERVICES.
GYPSUM BOARD FOR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE INS TALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC CHAPTER 7.
DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE LEVER TYPE.
MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS.
FIRE DAMPER ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING SLEEVES AND INSTA LLATION PROCEDURES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING INSPECTOR PRIOR TO INSTALL ATION.
INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CBC CHAPTER 8.
ALL DECORATIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A F LAME-RETARDANT CONDITION.
ALL REQUIRED PERMITS MUST BE OBTAINED FROM FIRE PLA N CHECK BEFORE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED.
BUILDING NUMBERS SHALL BE EASILY VISIBLE AND LEGIBL E FROM THE STREET OR ROAD FRONTING THE PROPERTY.
THE CONSTRUCTION, REMODEL, OR DEMOLITION OF A BUILD ING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY AS SAN MARCOS.
THESE PLANS AND ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CALI FORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE FOUND IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TITLE 24 CCR, AS AMENDED AND ADOPTED BY THE CITY AS SAN MARCOS.
CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY COORDINATE ALL TRADES AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE ALL WORK INDICATED AND NECESSARY FOR THE PROJECT.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING SITE FEATURES AND SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL ITEMS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENFORCE ALL SAFETY MEASURES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
DESIGN, CONSTRUCT AND MAINTAIN ALL SAFETY DEVICES, INCLUDING SHORING AND
SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFORMING TO ALL L OCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS, LAWS AND REGULATION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME SOLE AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY FOR JOB SITE
CONDITIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION, INCLU DING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY. THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT BE LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING HOURS.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY MONUMEN TATION AND / OR BENCHMARKS WHICH WILL BE DISTURBED OR DESTROYED BY CONSTRUCTION. SUCH
POINTS SHALL BE REFERENCED AND REPLACED WITH APPROPRIATE MONUMENTATION BY A
LICENSED LAND SURVEY OR REGISTERED CIVIL ENGINEER A S REQUIRED BY THE LAND SURVEYOR'S ACT.
PENETRATION OF FIRE RESISTIVE WALLS, FLOOR - CEILING ASSEMBLIES AND ROOF - CEILINGS SHALL BE PROTECTED AS REQUIRED IN CBC SECTION 712 AND 713.
NO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE USED OR STORED WITHI N THE BUILDING WHICH EXCEED THE QUANTITIES SHOWN ON CBC TABLE 5003.1.1.
WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OR SPECIFIED BUT WH ICH IS REQUIRED FOR THE
COMPLETION OF THE WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE SAM E MANNER AS SIMILAR WORK WHICH IS REQUIRED OR SPECIFIED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL C HARGE.
1. 2.
3. 4.
5. 6.
7. 8.
9. 10.
11. 12.
13. 14.
15. 16.
17. 18.
19. 20.
21. 22.
23. 24.
25. 26.
27. 28.
29. 30.
31. AND
ANGLE
AT
CENTERLINE
DIAMETER OR ROUND
POUND OR NUMBER
ACOUSTICAL
AREA DRAIN
ADJUSTABLE
AGGREGATE
ALUMINUM
APPROXIMATE
ARCHITECTURAL
ASPHALT
BOARD
BITUMINOUS
BUILDING
BLOCK
BLOCKING
BEAM
BOTTOM
CABINET
CATCH BASIN
CEMENT
CERAMIC
CAST-IRON
CONTROL JOINT
CEILING
CAULKING
CLOSET
CLEAR
COLUMN
CONCRETE
CONNECTION
CONSTRUCTION
CONTINUOUS
CORRIDOR
COUNTERSUNK
CERAMIC TILE
DOUBLE
DETAIL
DIAMETER
DIMENSION
DISPENSER
DOWN
DRAWER
DOWNSPOUT
DRY STANDPIPE
DRAWING
EAST
EACH
EXPANSION JOINT
ELEVATION
ELECTRICAL
ELEVATION
EMERGENCY
ENCLOSURE
EQUAL
EQUIPMENT
EXISTING
EXPOSED
EXPANSION
EXTERIOR
FIRE ALARM
FLOOR DRAIN
FOUNDATION
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET
FIRE HOSE CABINET
FINISH
FLOOR
FLASHING
FLUORESCENT
FACE OF BLOCK
FACE OF CONCRETE
FACE OF FINISH
FACE OF STUDS
FULL SIZE
FOOT OR FEET
FOOTING
FURRING
FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION
GAUGE
GALVANIZED
GRAB BAR
GLASS
GRADE
GYPSUM
HOSE BIB
HOLLOW CORE
HARDWOOD
HARDWARE
HOLLOW METAL
HORIZONTAL
HEIGHT
&
L
@
I
#
ACOUS.
A.D.
ADJ.
AGGR.
ALUM.
APPROX.
ARCH.
ASPH.
BD.
BITUM.
BLDG.
BLK.
BLKG.
BM.
BOT.
CAB.
C.B.
CEM.
CER.
C.I.
CJ
CLG.
CLKG.
CLO.
CLR.
COL.
CONC.
CONN.
CONSTR.
CONT.
CORR.
CTSK.
C.T.
DBL.
DET
DIA.
DIM.
DISP.
DN.
DWR.
DS.
D.S.P.
DWG.
E.
EA.
E.J.
ELE.
ELEC.
ELEV.
EMER.
ENCL.
EQ.
EQPT.
EXST.
EXPO.
EXP.
EXT
F.A.
F.D.
FDN
F.E.
F.E.C.
F.H.C.
FIN.
FL
FLASH
FLUOR.
F.O.B.
F.O.C.
F.O.F.
F.O.S.
F.S.
FT
FTG.
FURR.
F.F.E.
GA.
GALV.
G.B.
GLASS
GR
GYP.
H.B.
H.C.
HDWD.
HDW.
H.M.
HORIZ.
H
INSIDE DIAMETER
INSULATION
INTERIOR
IRRIGATION
JOINT
LAMINATED
LAVATORY
MAXIMUM
MEDICINE CABINET
MECHANICAL
METAL
MANUFACTURER
MINIMUM
MISCELLANEOUS
MASONRY OPENING
MOUNTED
NORTH
NOT IN CONTRACT
NOT TO SCALE
OVERALL
ON CENTER
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
OPENING
OPPOSITE
PRE-CAST
PLATE
PLASTIC LAMINATE
PLASTER
PLYWOOD
PAIR
POINT
PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER
RECEPTACLE
RADIUS
ROOF DRAIN
REFERENCE
REFRIGERATOR
REINFORCED
REQUIRED
ROOM
ROUGH OPENING
RE-SAWN
REDWOOD
RAIN WATER LEADER
SOUTH
SOLID CORE
SEAT COVER DISPENSER
SCHEDULE
SOAP DISPENSER
SECTION
SHELF OR SHEET
SHOWER
SIMILAR
SPECIFICATION
SQUARE
STAINLESS STEEL
STATION
STANDARD
STEEL
STORAGE
STRUCTURAL
SUSPENDED
SYMMETRICAL
SHEET METAL
TOP OF CURB
TELEPHONE
TERRAZZO
TEMPERED GLASS
TONGUE AND GROOVE
THICK
TOP OF PAVEMENT
TOILET PAPER DISPENSER
TELEVISION
TYPICAL
TOP OF
TOP OF FRAMING
TOP OF MASONRY
TOP OF PARAPET
TOP OF SHEATHING
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
URINAL
VERTICAL
VESTIBULE
VERIFY IN FIELD
PLUMBING VENT THRU ROOF
WEST
WITH
WATER CLOSET
WOOD
WITHOUT
WATERPROOF
WEAKENED PLANE JOINT
WAINSCOT
WEIGHT
I.D.
INSUL.
INT.
IRRIG.
JT.
LAM.
LAV.
MAX.
M.C.
MECH.
MET.
MFR.
MIN.
MISC
M.O.
MTD.
NO.
N.I.C.
N.T.S.
O.A.
O.C.
O.D.
OPNG.
OPP.
PC.
PL.
P.LAM.
PLAS.
PLYWD
PR.
PT.
P.T.DISP.
RECP.
RAD.
R.D.
REF.
REFR.
REINF.
REQ.
RM.
R.O.
RS.
RWD.
R.W.L.
SO.
S.C.
S.C.DISP.
SCHD.
S.DISP.
SECT.
SH.
SHR.
SIM
SPEC.
SQ.
ST.STL.
STA.
STD.
STL.
STOR.
STRUC.
SUSP.
SYM.
S.M.
T.C.
TEL.
TER.
TG
T&G
THK.
T.P.
T.P.DISP.
T.V.
TYP.
T.O.
T.O.F.
T.O.M.
T.O.P.
T.O.S.
U.O.N.
UR
VERT.
VEST.
V.I.F.
V.T.R.
W
W/
W.C.
WD.
W/O
WP.
WPJ
WSCT
WT.
L
o
C
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
A AAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
TITLE SHEET
210801
T-2
MK
JK
AS
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
SYMBOLS GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS SHEET INDEX
No. Description
M001 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES, LEGENDS & SCHEDULES
M101 FIRST FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL
M201 ROOF PLAN MECHANICAL
M301 MECHANICAL DETAILS
M401 MECHANICAL SHEET SPECS
M402 MECHANICAL SHEET SPECS
P001 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES, LEGENDS & SCHEDULES
P101 FIRST FLOOR PLAN PLUMBING
P201 PLUMBING SHEET SPECS
E001 SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS
E002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E003 ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
E004 ELECTRICAL CALCULATIONS AND SCHEDULES
E100 OVERALL PLAN
E101 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN
E201 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN
E301 TITLE - 24
E302 TITLE - 24
No. Description
T-1 TITLE SHEET
T-2 TITLE SHEET
T-3 ACCESSIBILITY & SITE DETAILS
A1.1 SITE PLAN
A2.1 DEMO & FIRST FLOOR PLAN
A2.2 REFLECTED CEILING & ROOF PLAN
A2.3 FIRST FLOOR DIMENSION & SLAB PLAN
A3.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A4.1 BUILDING SECTIONS, WALL SECTIONS AND WALL TYPES
A6.1 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
A7.1 DOOR, WINDOW, & ROOF DETAILS
A7.2 CURB & MISC. DETAILS
S1.0 STRUCTURAL NOTES
S1.1 TYPICAL STRUCTURAL DETAILS
S1.2 TYPICAL STRUCTURAL DETAILS
S1.3 TYPICAL STRUCTURAL DETAILS
S2.1 STRUCTURAL PLANS & SECTIONS
S4.1 STRUCTURAL DETAILS
ENTRANCES AND DOORS
THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS (EXCEPT SLIDING) SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED
SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT
CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION WHERE NARROW FRAME DOORS ARE USED, A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR, WHICH WILL ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST. SURFACES ALONG THIS AREA MUST BE WITHIN 1/16" OF THE SAME PLANE AS THE OTHER. CAVITITES CREATED BY KICK PLATES MUST BE CAPPED.
THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEE D 5 LBS. FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 LBS. FOR INTERIOR DOORS. SUCH PULL OR PUSH EF FORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS.
COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MA Y BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR MAY NOT EXCEED 15 LBS.
DOOR CLOSERS REQUIRE AT LEAST 5 SECONDS TO CLOSE FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES TO 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH
EACH GRADE-LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT DOOR SHALL BE IDENTI FIED BY A TACTILE SIGN WITH THE WORD "EXIT". EACH EXIT DOOR THAT LEADS DIRECTLY TO GRADE-LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT BY MEANS OF STAIRWAY OR RAMP IS IDENTIFIED BY A TACTIL E SIGN THAT STATES "EXIT STAIR DOWN," "EXIT RAMP DOWN," "EXIT STAIR UP," OR "EXIT RAMP UP" AS APPROPRIATE. EACH EXIT
DOOR THAT LEADS DIRECTLY TO GRADE-LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT BY MEANS OF AN EXIT
ENCLOSURE OR EXIT PASSAGEWAY IS IDENTIFIED BY A TAC TILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS "EXIT ROUTE". EACH ACCESS DOOR FROM AN INTERIOR ROOM OR AREA TO A CORRIDOR
OR HALLWAY THAT IS REQUIRED TO HAVE A VISUAL EXIT S IGN IS IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS "EXIT ROUTE". EACH DOOR THROUGH AN HORIZONTAL EXIT IS IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS "T O EXIT".
VISION LIGHTS MUST HAVE BOTTOM OF AT LEAST ONE GLAZ ED PANEL LOCATED 43" MAX.
ABOVE FLOOR FINISH.
8. 9.
10. 11.
12. WALKS AND SIDEWALKS SHALL HAVE A CONTINUOUS COMMON SURFACE NOT INTERRUPTED BY STEPS OR BY ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL WHICH EXCEED 1/4", AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 48" IN WIDTH.
SURFACE CROSS SLOPES SHALL NOT EXCEED 2%. THE RUNNING SLOPE OF WALKING SURFACES SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 5%.
OPENINGS IN FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES SHALL NOT ALLOW PASSAGE OF A SPHERE MORE THAN 1/2" DIAMETER. ENLONGATED OPENINGS SHALL BE PLACED SO THAT THE LONG DIMENSION IS PERPENDICULAR TO THE DOMINANT DIR ECTION OF TRAVEL.
WHEN THE SLOPE IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL OF ANY WA LK EXCEEDS 1 VERTICAL TO 20 HORIZONTAL, IT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF RAMPS.
WHEN ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL NOT EXCEEDING 1/2" OCCUR, THEY SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THE 1 UNIT VERTICAL TO 2 UN ITS HORIZONTAL (50%), EXCEPT THAT LEVEL CHANGES NOT EXCEEDING 1/4" MAY BE VERTICAL.
ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ANY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE EXCEEDING 1/2" SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR CURB RAMPS AND RAM PS.
WALKS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A LEVEL AREA NOT LESS THAN 60" x 60" AT A DOOR OR GATE THAT SWINGS TOWARD THE WALK, AND NOT LESS THAN 48" x 44" DEEP AT A DOOR OR GATE THAT SWINGS AWAY FROM THE WALK.
WALKS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 24" TO THE SIDE OF THE STRIKE EDGE OF A DOOR OR GATE THAT SWINGS TOWARD THE WALK.
WALK AND SIDEWALK SURFACES SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM, AND SLIP-RESISTANT.
ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL 4" OR MORE IN A VERTICAL DI MENSION BETWEEN WALKS,
SIDEWALKS OR OTHER PEDESTRIAN WAYS AND ADJACENT SURFACES OR FEATURES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A 6" MIN. HIGH CURB ABOVE WALK SUR FACE OR GUARDRAIL W/ 2"-4"
CENTERED HIGH GUIDE RAIL
OBJECTS WITH LEADING EDGES BETWEEN 27" AND 80" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR SHALL PROTRUDE NO MORE THAN 4" INTO CIRCULATION PATH.
OBJECTS MOUNTED WITH THEIR LEADING EDGES AT OR BELO W 27" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR MAY PROTRUDE ANY AMOUNT.
OBJECTS MOUNTED ON POSTS / PYLONS MAY OVERHANG 12" MAXIMUM FROM 27" TO 80" ABOVE THE GROUND OR FINISHED FLOOR.
PROTRUDING OBJECTS SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REQUIRED CL EAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR MANEUVERING SPACE.
ANY OBSTRUCTION OVERHANGING A PEDESTRIAN WAY SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 80" ABOVE THE WALKING SURFACE AS MEASURED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OBSTRUCTION.
GUARDRAILS OR OTHER BARRIERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE THE VERTICAL CLEARANCE IS LESS THAN 80". SUCH GUARDRAILS SHALL BE LOCATED 27" MAX ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR.
WALKS AND SIDEWALKS RAMPS
HAZARDS AND PROTRUDING OBJECTS
MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE REQUIRED TO ACC OMMODATE A SINGLE, STATIONARY WHEELCHAIR AND OCCUPANT IS 30" x 48". M INIMUM CLEAR FLOOR OR
GROUND SPACE FOR WHEELCHAIRS MAY BE POSITIONED FOR FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN OBJECT. FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE FOR WHEEL CHAIRS MAY BE PART OF THE KNEE SPACE AND TOE CLEARANCE REQUIRED UNDER SOME OBJECTS. ONE
FULL UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE OF THE CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE SHALL ADJOIN AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR ADJOIN ANOTHER CLEAR FLOOR SPACE.
ALCOVES ARE TO BE 60" WIDE WHEN GREATER THAN 15" DEEP.
PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL 6" WIDTH ON ONE SIDE FOR ALCO VES GREATER THAN 24" DEEP AND DESIGNED FOR FRONT APPROACH.
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FOR WHEELCHAIRS
1. 2.
3. HIGHEST OPERABLE PART OF FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVI CES (BOXES) SHALL BE LOCATED NO LESS THAN 42" AND NOT MORE THAN 48" MEASURED VERTICALLY FROM ABOVE THE
LEVEL OF THE ADJACENT FLOOR, WORKING PLATFORM, GROUND SURFACE, OR
SIDEWALK TO THE HIGHEST POINT OF THE ACTIVATING HAN DLE OR LEVER OF THE BOTTOM.
INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL BE THE STANDARD USED TO IDENTIFY FACILITIES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PHY SICALLY DISABLED PERSONS. THE SYMBOL SPECIFIED ABOVE SHALL CONSIST OF A WHITE FIG URE ON BLUE BACKGROUND.
THE BLUE SHALL BE EQUAL TO COLOR NO. 15090 IN FEDERAL STANDARD 595C.
ALL CONTROLS TO BE 15" MIN. TO 48" MAX., REGARDLESS OF APPROACH. WHERE A HIGH
FORWARD REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL EXTEND
BENEATH THE ELEMENT FOR A DISTANCE NOT LESS THAN THE REQUIRED REACH DEPTH OVER THE OBSTRUCTION. THE MAX. HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 48" MAX WHERE THE REACH DEPTH IS 20"MAX. WHERE THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 20" THE HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 44" MAX. AND THE REACH DEPTH SHALL BE 25" MAX. WHERE A
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ALLOWS FOR A PARALLEL APPROACH AND THE HIGH SIDE REACH IS OVER AN OBSTRUCTION THE HEIGHT OF THE OBSTRUCTION S HALL BE 34" MAX AND THE DEPTH SHALL BE 24" MAX. THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 48" MAX FOR A REACH DEPTH OF 10" MAX. WHERE THE REACH DEPTH EXCEEDS 10" THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 46" MAX WITH A REACH DEPTH OF 24" MAX.
ACCESSIBLE PORTIONS OF SERVICE COUNTERS TO BE 28"-34" HIGH, 36" MIN. WIDE AND MUST EXTEND THE SAME DEPTH AS THE ADJACENT COUNTERSPACE.
WHERE LOCKERS ARE PROVIDED FOR THE PUBLIC, AT LEAST 5% BUT NO FEWER THAN 1 OF EACH TYPE SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE.
ALL RAMPS USED AS EXITS AND ANY PATH OF TRAVEL HAVI NG A SLOPE GREATER THAN 1:20 SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. RAMPS SHALL HAVE THE LEAST POSSIBLE SLOPE.
PEDESTRIAN RAMPS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM WIDTH OF 48". RAMPS SERVING AN OCCUPANCY LOAD GREATER THAN 300 SHALL HAVE A MINIMU M WIDTH OF 60".
ALL RAMPS IN AREAS ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES ON A PATH OF TRAVEL OR SERVING EXITS SHALL HAVE A 1:12 MAXIMUM SLOPE WITH CROSS SLOPES NO GREATER THAN 1:50. LANDINGS NOT TO EXCEED 1:50 IN ANY DIRECTION.
INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS OCCURRING AT NO DIRECTION CHA NGE TO BE 60" LONG, RAMPS W/ INTERMEDIATE LANDING < OR EQUAL TO 30 DEGREES SHALL BE OF 60" LENGTH AND 60" WIDTH. INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS OCCURRING AT > EQUAL T O 30 DEGREES SHALL BE OF 72" LENGTH AND 60" WIDTH.
THE LEVEL LANDING WIDTH OF ANY RAMP SHALL EXTEND 24 " PAST THE STRIKE EDGE OF ANY EXTERIOR DOOR OR GATE.
DOORS STANDING IN ANY POSITION SHALL NOT REDUCE THE MINIMUM DIMENSION OF THE RAMP TO LESS THAN 42" OR THE REQUIRED WIDTH BY MORE THAN 3".
HANDRAILS ARE REQUIRED ON RAMPS WHEN THE SLOPE EXCEEDS 1:20 (5%). HANDRAILS AT
RAMPS SHALL RUN ALONG BOTH SIDES OF A RAMP, BE CONTINUOUS THE FULL LENGTH, AND EXTENSIONS AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE RAMP SHALL BE 12" MIN.
THE HANDRAIL GRIP SURFACE AT RAMPS SHALL BE MOUNTED BETWEEN 34" AND 38" ABOVE THE RAMP SURFACE.
ALL HANDRAIL ENDS SHALL BE RETURNED OR SHALL TERMIN ATE IN NEWEL POSTS OR SAFETY TERMINALS.
ALL HANDRAILS PROJECTED FROM A WALL SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH A MINIMUM 1-1/2 INCHES BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE HANDRAIL.
THE HAND GRIP PORTION OF HANDRAILS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 1-1/4" NOR MORE THAN 2" IN CROSS-SECTIONAL DIMENSION OR SHAPE AND SHALL PROVIDE AN EQUIVALENT SMOOTH GRIPPING SURFACE WITH NO SHARP CORNERS. HANDRAIL GRIPPING SURFACES WITH A NON-CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION SHALL HAVE A PERI METER DIMENSION OF 4"MIN.
AND 6 1/4" MAX. AND A CROSS SECTION DIMENSION OF 2 1/4" MAX.
HANDRAILS CANNOT PROJECT INTO THE REQUIRED CLEAR WI DTH OF THE RAMP MORE THAN 3 1/2" FROM EACH SIDE OF THE RAMP AT THE HANDRAIL HEIGHT.
ALL PRIMARY ENTRANCES AND EXTERIOR GROUND FLOOR EXI T DOORS TO BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE TO THE PHYS ICALLY DISABLED.
ALL ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH O NE STANDARD INTERNATIONAL
SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL DI RECTIONAL SIGNS IDENTIFYING
THE LOCATION OF NEAREST ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE, AS REQUIRED, VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS.
EVERY REQUIRED ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOORWAY SHALL BE OF A SIZE AS TO PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OF A DOOR NOT LESS THAN 36 INCHES IN WIDTH, AND NOT LESS THAN 80" IN HEIGHT. DOORS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND SHALL BE MOUNTED SO THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH OF THE DOORWAY I S NOT LESS THAN 32".
LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A
PATH OF TRAVEL, SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE,
PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE
PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP, PIN CH OR TWIST THE OPENING HARDWARE AND MUST BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND.
THE OPERABLE PARTS OF LEVER HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE MOUNTED BETWEEN 34" MINIMUM AND 44" MAXIMUM ABOVE T HE FLOOR AND NOT REQUIRE MORE THAN 5 POUNDS OF FORCE TO OPERATE.
THE FLOOR OR LANDING LENGTH ON EACH SIDE OF AN ENTRANCE OR A PASSAGE DOOR SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR AT LEAST 60" IN THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING AND AT LEAST 48" OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING AS MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE FACE OF THE DOOR IN THE CLOSED POSITION. THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA ON THE SIDE WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 24" PAST THE STRIKE EDGE OF THE DOOR FOR DOORS WITH LATCH SIDE APPROACH AND 36" FOR DOORS REQUIRING HINGE SIDE APPROACH. REFER TO DETAIL B3 ON THIS DRAWING FOR ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS.
THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY. CHANGES IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4" AND 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2.
1. 2.
3. 4.
5. 1.
2. 3.
4. 5.
6. 7.
8. 9.
10. 1.
2. 3.
4. 5.
6. 7.
1. 2.
3. 4.
5. 6.
7. 8.
9. 10.
11. 12.
3. 4.
5. 6.
7. BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST LINE OF RAISED CHARACTER TO BE 60" MAXIMUM AND BASELINE OF THE LOWEST BRAILLE CELLS TO BE 48" MINIMUM ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR.
TACTILE ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 18" MIN. x 18" MIN. CENTERED ON SIGN IS PROVIDED BEYOND THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING.
SIGNAGE
1. 2.
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
THE TOP OF THE BOX OF THE OPERATING HANDLE OF SWITCHES INTENDED TO BE USED BY
OCCUPANTS OF A ROOM OR AREA TO CONTROL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE OUTLETS,
APPLIANCES, OR COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQU IPMENT, SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-308 EXCEPT THE LOW REACH SHALL BE MEASURED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX AND THE HIGH REACH SHALL BE MEASURED TO THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX.
ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS ON BRANCH CIRCUITS OF 30 AMPERES OR LESS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM RECEPTACLES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-308 EXCEPT
THE LOW REACH SHALL BE MEASURED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OUTLET BOX AND THE HIGH REACH SHALL BE MEASURED TO THE TOP OF THE OUTLET BOX.
1. 2.
*
PROVIDE THIS
ADDITIONAL
SPACE IF DOOR IS
EQUIPPED WITH
BOTH A LATCH
AND A CLOSER
18" MIN. CLR
INT. DOORS
24" MIN. CLR
EXT. DOORS
MIN. MIN.
48" 60"
CLEAR, LEVEL
FLOOR SPACE
1.5% MAX SLOPE
IN ANY
DIRECTION
PUSH SIDE
PULL SIDE
MIN.
FRONT APPROACH
12"
HINGE SIDE APPROACH
MIN.
54"
MIN.
36"
LATCH SIDE APPROACH
MIN. MIN.
60" 44"
PUSH SIDE
PULL SIDE
MIN. MIN.
60" 44" MIN.
24"
PUSH SIDE
PULL SIDE
*
48" MIN. WHEN
DOOR HAS A
LATCH &
CLOSER
MIN.
24"
48" MIN. WHEN
DOOR HAS A
CLOSER
22" MIN.
CLEAR, LEVEL
FLOOR SPACE
1.5% MAX SLOPE
CLEAR, LEVEL
FLOOR SPACE
1.5% MAX SLOPE
72" M
IN.
SEE NO
TE 2
60" M
IN.
SEE NO
TE 2
SEE NO
TE 1
60" M
IN.
60" MIN.
60" M
IN.
TOP
LANDING
INTERMEDIATE LEVEL LANDING
BOTTOM LEVEL LANDING
NOTE 2: MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF EACH RAMP AND RUN VARY NOTE 3: RAMP RUNS SHALL HAVE A RUNNING SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:12 NOTE 4: CROSS SLOPE OF RAMPS SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:48 NOTE 5: LANDINGS SHALL COMPLY W/ SECTION 11B-405.7 &11B-302. CHANGES IN LEVEL ARE NOT PERMITTED.
STRAIGHT RAMP RUN
72" M
IN.
NO
TE 2
SEE
60" M
IN.
NO
TE 2
SEE
SEE NO
TE 1
60" M
IN.
60" M
IN.
60" M
IN.
TOP
LANDING
.
48" MIN.
INTERMEDIATE LEVEL LANDING
INTERMEDIATE TURNING SPACE/LANDING
RAMP WITH TURNING PLATFORM
(WHEN DIRECTION OF RAMP CHANGES 30 DEGREES OR MORE)
NOTE 7: RAMPS THAT CHANGE DIRECTION BETWEEN RUNS AT LANDINGS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR LANDING 72" MINIMUM BY 72" MINIM UM. 72" M
IN.
60" M
IN.
SEE NO
TE 1
60" M
IN.
SEE NO
TE 2
72" M
IN.
72" M
IN.
RAMP WITH INTERMEDIATE SWITCH-BACK PLATFORM
CLR.
48" M
IN
CLR.
48" M
IN
CLR
48" M
IN
NOTE 6: A CURB, 2" HIGH MINIMUM, OR A BARRIER SHALL BE PROVIDED THAT PREVENTS PASSAGE OF A 4" DIAMETER SPHERE, WHERE ANY PORTION OF THE SPHERE IS WITHIN 4" OF THE FINISH FL OOR OR GROUND SURFACE. TO PREVENT WHEEL ENTRAPMENT, THE CURB OR BARRIER
SHALL PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS AND UNINTERRUPTED BARRIE R ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE RAMP.
NOTE 1: WHERE DOORS ARE LOCATED ADJACENT TO A RAMP LANDING,
MANEUVERING CLEARANCES REQUIRED SHALL BE PERMITTED TO OVERLAP THE REQUIRED LANDING AREA. DOORS WHEN FULLY OPEN SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REQUIRED RAMP LANDING WIDTH BY MORE THAN 3". DOORS IN ANY POSITION, SHALL NOT REDUCE THE MIN. DIMENSION OF TH E RAMP LANDING TO LESS THAN 42"
SEE B4/T-7 FOR RAMP HANDRAIL
60" M
IN
NOTE:
DOOR CLOSERS, IF PRESENT, MUST BE SET SO
THAT IT TAKES THE DOOR AT LEAST 5
SECONDS FROM 90 DEGREES TO 12
DEGREES FROM THE LATCH
CLOSER NOTE:
INTERIOR DOOR / EXTERIOR DOOR 5 LBS.
MAX FIRE RATED DOOR 15 LBS. MAX FORCE
TO OPERATE
90 DEGREES
5 SECONDS MIN.
12 DEGREES
34" - 44"
FLOOR
OPERABLE PARTS
OF HARDWARE
42" MIN. 42" MIN.
X
48" MIN.
36" MIN. 48" MIN. 36" MIN.
60" MIN.
NOTE: DIMENSIONS SHOWN APPLY WHEN X<48".
TURNS AROUND AN OBSTRUCTION - 36" AISLES, 90 DEGREE TURN 44" MIN. 44" MIN.
X
48" MIN.
44" MIN. 48" MIN. 44" MIN.
60" MIN.
NOTE: DIMENSIONS SHOWN APPLY WHEN X<48".
TURNS AROUND AN OBSTRUCTION - 44" AISLES, 90 DEGREE TURN 34"-38" MAX.
27" MAX.
12" MIN.
EXTENSION AT BOTTOM OF RUN
34"-38" MAX.
27" MAX.
EXTENSION AT TOP OF RUN
NOTES:
• HANDRAILS TO BE PROVIDED AT EACH RAMP RUN. HANDRA ILS SHALL RETURN SMOOTHLY TO
GUARD, WALL OR LANDING SURFACE, OR SHALL BE CONTINUOUS TO THE HANDRAIL OF AN ADJACENT RAMP RUN. ALL SURFACES SHALL BE SLIP-RESISTANT. • DETAIL SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO SAN DIE GO REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWING M-24: POST TYPE
34"-38" MAX
34"-38" MAX
12"MIN.
<4"
EDGE
PROTECTION
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
A AAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
ACCESSIBILITY
& SITE DETAILS
210801
T-3
Checker
Approver
Author
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" T-3
D1 DISABLED ACCESS REQUIREMENTS
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" T-3
C3 REQUIRED CLEARANCES
SCALE: N.T.S. T-3
D3 RAMP DETAILS
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" T-3
B3 ACCESSIBLE HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS
SCALE: NTS T-3
B4 TURNS AROUND AN OBSTRUCTION
SCALE: NTS T-3
A3 RAMP HANDRAILS AND HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS
W. BORDEN RD.
006
004
021 021
021 002
A2.1
D1
AREA OF WORK
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
AAAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
SITE PLAN
210801
A1.1
MK
JK
AS
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
SCALE: 1" = 20'-0" A1.1
D1 SITE PLAN
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
002 EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING
004 EXISTING POOL
006 EXISTING BUILDING
021 EXISTING PARKING
DN
A
1 2
A3.1
A3
A3.1
B3
A3.1
C3
(E) WOMENS
TOILET
101
(E) STORAGE
103
(E) POOL
EQUIPMENT
104
(E) MENS LOCKER
ROOM
105
CHLORINE
STORAGE
112
027
TYP.
037
029
035
032
036
036
036
038
039
042
043
TYP.
044
B
FF = 0'-0" (624.31')
(E) FF = 0'-0" (624.31')
102
045
A4.1
A2
BREEZEWAY
112A 103A
104A
A4.1
A1
1 A
A
A
A A
902
A4.1
A3
122
118
A3.1
A1
A3.1
B1
A3.1
C1
A
1 (E) WOMENS
TOILET
101
(E) STORAGE
103
(E) POOL
EQUIPMENT
104 (E) MENS LOCKER
ROOM
105
D05
D06
D04
D02
TYP.
D01
D07
D07
D03
D11
D10
TYP.
D01
D02 AREA OF WORK
D12
D13
(E) 2x_ STUD WALL TO REMAIN
2x6 STUD WALL
ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL
(E) 2x_ STUD WALL TO REMAIN
INDICATES EXISTING TO BE
REMOVED, DEMOLISHED, ALTERED
INDICATES EXISTING CONCRETE
WALKWAY TO BE REMOVED,
DEMOLISHED, ALTERED
INDICATES EXISTING LANDSCAPE
AREA TO BE CLEARED
1. SEE A2.3 FOR DIMENSION PLANS
2. SEE ENLARGED PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
3. SEE A2.2 FOR REFLECTED CEILING PLANS
4. SEE A4.1 FOR WALL TYPES
5. SEE A6.1 FOR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
6. SEE A6.2 FOR DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULE
1. ALL ITEMS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN, UNLESS OTHERWI SE
NOTED TO BE DEMOLISHED OR REMOVED.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION SO THAT
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WILL REMAIN UNDAMAGED.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH & REPAIR ALL EXISTING
CONSTRUCTION THAT IS DISTURBED OR DAMAGED DURING
THE CONSTRUCTION OF NEW WORK.
4. EXTENT OF DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL AS INDICATED IS
APPROXIMATE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXTENT
OF REMOVAL TO PROPERLY ACCOMMODATE THE
CONSTRUCTION METHOD. ADDITIONAL REMOVAL AND
PATCHING REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW
CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CONSIDERED INCIDENTAL TO NEW
WORK
5. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PLANS, CONTRACTOR SHAL L
CLEAR AND GRUB ALL AREAS WITHIN THE PROJECT GRADING
LIMITS AND REMOVE ALL IMPEDANCES FOR THE PROPOSED
FACILITIES.
6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXISTENCE AND
HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES WITHI N THE
PROJECT AREA THAT MAY CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED
CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR TO IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE
ENGINEER OF ANY REMAINING UTILITY CONFLICTS PRIOR T O
THE START OF ANY DEMOLITION WORK.
7. CONTRACTOR WILL COORDINATE RELOCATION OF ANY
IRRIGATION LATERAL LINES, HEADS OR CONTROL WIRES WI TH
THE CITY PRIOR TO DISRUPTION OF THE SYSTEM.
8. EXISTING IRRIGATION WILL BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOU T THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION.
9. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE TO THE
NEAREST JOINT.
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
A AAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
DEMO & FIRST
FLOOR PLAN
210801
A2.1
MK
JK
AS
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" A2.1
D1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
027 STUCCO FINISH OVER METAL LATH OVER BUILDING PAPE R OVER PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER 2X STUD WALL, SEE STRUCTURAL. STUCCO
FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING
029 NEW LOCATION OF CHLORINE TANK
032 NEW LOCATION OF CHLORINE FEED PUMPS
035 ROUTE FEED PUMPS THROUGH EXISTING WALL TO POOL E QUIPMENT ROOM
036 NEW HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAME TO MATCH EXISTI NG 037 NEW ALUMINUM WINDOWS TO MATCH EXISTING
038 CONCRETE CONTAINMENT CURB
039 CHAIN LINK GATE, SEE B4/A7.2
042 EYE WASH STATION
043 DENOTES ROOF AREA ABOVE
044 PROVIDE NEW DOOR SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED
045 GRID LINE AND DIMENSION SET FROM EXISTING FACE O F FINISH, VERIFY IN FIELD
102 CONCRETE WALKWAY
118 CONCRETE RAMP WITH HANDRAILS, SEE T-3 & C3 &D3/A 7.2 122 RELOCATED AREA DRAIN
902 HOSE BIB, SEE PLUMBING
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" A2.1
B1 DEMO FIRST FLOOR PLAN
DEMO CONSTRUCTION NOTES
D01 DEMO PORTION OF EXISTING LANDSCAPING, CLEAR AND GRUB D02 DEMO PORTION OF EXISTING CONCRETE WALKWAY
D03 EXISTING CHEMICAL FEED PUMPS TO REMAIN
D04 EXISTING CHLORINE FEED PUMPS TO BE MODIFIED
D05 EXISTING CHEMICAL TANK TO REMAIN
D06 EXISTING CHLORINE TANK TO BE REMOVED AND RELOCAT ED D07 EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE REM OVED AND
REPLACED WITH NEW
D10 EXISTING AREA DRAIN TO BE RELOCATED
D11 EXISTING LIGHT POLE TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE
D12 CUT, CAP, AND RELOCATE EXISTING LANDSCAPE IRRIGA TION LINES
WITHIN NEW AREA OF WORK, VERIFY LOCATIONS IN FIELD
D13 REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING WALKWAY AND REALIGN W ITH
CONNECTION POINT OF NEW RAMP, SEE NEW WORK FOR RAMP RUN
LOCATION
LEGEND
DEMO LEGEND
FLOOR PLAN NOTES
DEMO FLOOR PLAN NOTES
A
1 2
B
(E) WOMENS
TOILET
101
(E) STORAGE
103
(E) POOL
EQUIPMENT
104 (E) MENS LOCKER
ROOM
105
CHLORINE
STORAGE
112
9' - 0"
7' - 4"
9' - 0"
BREEZEWAY
7' - 4"
927
EQ EQ
EQ EQ
EQ EQ
A
1 2
3 1/2" / 12" 3 1/2" / 12"
3 1/2" / 12"
B
955
955
040
041
GYPSUM BOARD CEILING
STUCCO SOFFIT
LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE ELECTRICAL
LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE ELECTRICAL
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUT OF
ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO
ROUGH IN. REQUEST CLARIFICATION FOR ANY DIMENSIONS
NOT SHOWN.
2. CONTRACTOR MAY, AT HIS OPTION, USE METAL STUD
FRAMING IN LIEU OF SUSPENDED SYSTEM FOR GYPSUM
BOARD CEILINGS, CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT CEILING
LAYOUT PLANS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO SUBSTITUTION
ACCEPTANCE.
3. INSTALL R-30 BATT INSULATION ABOVE ALL CEILINGS IN
RAFTER/ TRUSS SPACE.
4. SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR CEILING HEIGHTS NOT
SHOWN.
5. SUSPENDED CEILING SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC.
6. SEE A2.1 FOR FLOOR PLANS.
7. SEE A2.3 FOR DIMENSION PLANS.
CLAY TILE ROOF
1. SEE ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING FOR
LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT, VENTS, DUCTS, ETC.
2. BATT INSULATION R-30 AT ROOF CAVITY.
3. ALL ATTIC VENTS SHALL RESIST THE INTRUSION OF FL AMES
AND EMBERS OR SHALL BE PROTECTED BY LOUVERS AND
1/8" NON-COMBUSTIBLE CORROSION RESISTANT MESH
TURBINE ATTIC VENTS, WHICH SHALL BE EQUIPPED TO
ALLOW ROTATION IN ONE DIRECTION ONLY.
4. DUCT AND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS THROUGH ROOF, SEE
DETAIL B4/A7.1 & MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND
PLUMBING.
5. VAPOR BARRIER WILL BE PROVIDED ON WARM-IN WINTER
SIDE OF ATTIC INSULATION.
6. ALL ROOF COVERINGS SHALL HAVE A CLASS A FIRE
RATING.
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
A AAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
REFLECTED
CEILING &
ROOF PLAN
210801
A2.2
MK
JK
AS
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" A2.2
B1 FIRST FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" A2.2
D1 ROOF PLAN
RCP LEGEND
RCP NOTES
ROOF LEGEND
ROOF NOTES
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
927 EXPOSED DUCTWORK, SEE MECHANICAL
955 MECHANICAL EXHAUST, SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICA L
DN
DN
A
1 2
B
(E) WOMENS
TOILET
101
(E) STORAGE
103
(E) POOL
EQUIPMENT
104
(E) MENS LOCKER
ROOM
105
CHLORINE
STORAGE
112
FF = 0'-0" (624.31')
(E) FF = 0'-0" (624.31')
045
V.I.F.
14'-3"
1'-4 1/4" EQ EQ 1'-4 1/4"
V.I.F.
4'-3 3/4"
V.I.F.
1'-9"
R.O.
2'-0" 1'-6"
R.O.
2'-0" 1'-6"
R.O.
2'-0"
V.I.F.
3'-6"
11'-9"
3'-1 1/2"
R.O.
2'-0" 1'-6"
R.O.
2'-0"
1'-1 1/2"
2'-0"
BREEZEWAY
A
1 2
B
(E) WOMENS
TOILET
101
(E) STORAGE
103
(E) POOL
EQUIPMENT
104
(E) MENS LOCKER
ROOM
105
CHLORINE
STORAGE
112
FF = 0'-0" (624.31')
(E) FF = 0'-0" (624.31')
5'-4" 1'-0" 15'-9" 1'-0" 5'-6"
TYP.
111
TYP.
111
TYP.
111
TYP.
111
SLOPE
2% MAX
-0'-0 1/4"
(623.0')
BREEZEWAY
1'-0" 3'-3" 5'-6" +/- 7"
A7.2
C3
A7.2
D3
118
(E) 2x_ STUD WALL TO REMAIN
2x6 STUD WALL
1. VERIFY ALL ROUGH OPENING SIZES PRIOR TO FRAMING
6" CONCRETE CURB
CONCRETE WALKWAY, SEE B2/A7.2
1. VERIFY CURB WIDTH WITH ALL WALL SECTION AND WALL
TYPES.
2. SACK AND PATCH CONCRETE CURB TO PROVIDE SMOOTH
FINISH WITH UNIFORM COLOR WHERE EXPOSED. SEAL
CONCRETE SLAB AND CURB.
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
A AAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
FIRST FLOOR
DIMENSION &
SLAB PLAN
210801
A2.3
MK
JK
AS
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" A2.3
B1 FIRST FLOOR DIMENSION PLAN
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" A2.3
D1 FIRST FLOOR SLAB PLAN
DIMENSION PLAN LEGEND
DIMENSION FLOOR PLAN NOTES
SLAB PLAN LEGEND
SLAB PLAN NOTES
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
045 GRID LINE AND DIMENSION SET FROM EXISTING FACE O F FINISH, VERIFY IN FIELD
111 CONCRETE JOINT, SEE A2/A7.2
118 CONCRETE RAMP WITH HANDRAILS, SEE T-3 & C3 &D3/A 7.2 T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
(E) T.O.P.
12' - 0"
T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
(E) T.O.P.
12' - 0"
D09
D08
D07 D07
T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
(E) T.O.P.
12' - 0"
T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
(E) T.O.P.
12' - 0"
TYP.
036
039
NEW WORK EXISTING
T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
(E) T.O.P.
12' - 0"
S
1 CTR
1 TYP.
037
TYP.
027
TYP.
036
TYP.
118
T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
(E) T.O.P.
12' - 0"
TYP.
037
NEW WORK EXISTING
1. NOTES AND DETAILS APPLY TO ALL ELEVATIONS U.N.O.
2. FOR FINISH SCHEDULE SEE A6.1
3. PROVIDE R-30 BATT INSULATION AT ROOF CAVITY
4. PROVIDE R-19 BATT INSULATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
A AAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
EXTERIOR
ELEVATIONS
210801
A3.1
MK
JK
AS
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" A3.1
A1 DEMO NORTH
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
027 STUCCO FINISH OVER METAL LATH OVER BUILDING PAPE R OVER PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER 2X STUD WALL, SEE STRUCTURAL. STUCCO
FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING
036 NEW HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAME TO MATCH EXISTI NG 037 NEW ALUMINUM WINDOWS TO MATCH EXISTING
039 CHAIN LINK GATE, SEE B4/A7.2
118 CONCRETE RAMP WITH HANDRAILS, SEE T-3 & C3 &D3/A 7.2 SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" A3.1
B1 DEMO EAST
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" A3.1
C1 DEMO SOUTH
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" A3.1
A3 NORTH
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" A3.1
B3 EAST
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" A3.1
C3 SOUTH
NOTES
DEMO CONSTRUCTION NOTES
D07 EXISTING HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE REM OVED AND
REPLACED WITH NEW
D08 EXISTING WINDOW TO BE REMOVED
D09 EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO BE REMOVED AND REROUTED
T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
12 3 1/2" / 12"
3 1/2" / 12"
038 108
373
CHLORINE
STORAGE
112
A4.1
D1
808
T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
A
(E) T.O.P.
12' - 0"
B
3 1/2" / 12" 040
041
108
211
CHLORINE
STORAGE
112
A4.1
D3 808
T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
12 BREEZEWAY
A4.1
D2
3 1/2" / 12"
3 1/2" / 12"
040
108
T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
2 STUCCO EAVE PROFILE TO
MATCH EXISTING, SEE
A4/A7.1
CLAY TILE ROOF TO
MATCH EXISTING
PLYWOOD SHEATHING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
STUCCO FINISH OVER
METAL LATH OVER
BUILDING PAPER OVER
PLYWOOD SHEATHING
OVER 2X STUD WALL, SEE
STRUCTURAL. STUCCO
FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING
WOOD FRAMING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
STUCCO SOFFIT
CONCRETE SLAB ON
GRADE, SEE STRUCTURAL
BREEZEWAY
T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
2 CHLORINE
STORAGE EXTERIOR
CONCRETE FOOTING - SEE
STRUCTURAL
VAPOR BARRIER
BASE COURSE, SEE
STRUCTURAL
CONCRETE SLAB ON
GRADE, SEE STRUCTURAL
CONCRETE CONTAINMENT
CURB
PLYWOOD SHEATHING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
STUCCO FINISH OVER
METAL LATH OVER
BUILDING PAPER OVER
PLYWOOD SHEATHING
OVER 2X STUD WALL, SEE
STRUCTURAL. STUCCO
FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING
STUCCO EAVE PROFILE TO
MATCH EXISTING, SEE
A4/A7.1
STUCCO SOFFIT
CLAY TILE ROOF TO
MATCH EXISTING
ROOF FRAMING AS
OCCURS, SEE STRUCTURAL
WOOD FRAMING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
T.O.P.
9' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
B
CHLORINE
STORAGE EXTERIOR
R-30 BATT INSULATION, TYP.
R-19 BATT INSULATION, TYP.
WOOD FRAMING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
STUCCO FINISH OVER
METAL LATH OVER
BUILDING PAPER OVER
PLYWOOD SHEATHING
OVER 2X STUD WALL, SEE
STRUCTURAL. STUCCO
FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING
6" CONCRETE CURB
CONCRETE FOOTING - SEE
STRUCTURAL
1 2X STUD PER PLAN
STUCCO FINISH OVER
METAL LATH OVER
BUILDING PAPER OVER
PLYWOOD SHEATHING
OVER 2X STUD WALL, SEE
STRUCTURAL. STUCCO
FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING
GYPSUM BOARD - SEE
FINISH SCHEDULE FOR TYPE
FRP WHERE OCCURS, SEE
FINISH SCHEDULE
1. NOTES AND DETAILS APPLY TO ALL ELEVATIONS U.N.O.
2. FOR FINISH SCHEDULE SEE A6.1
3. PROVIDE R-30 BATT INSULATION AT ROOF CAVITY
4. PROVIDE R-19 BATT INSULATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
A AAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
BUILDING
SECTIONS,
WALL SECTIONS
AND WALL
TYPES
210801
A4.1
MK
JK
AS
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
CONSTRUCTION NOTES
027 STUCCO FINISH OVER METAL LATH OVER BUILDING PAPE R OVER PLYWOOD SHEATHING OVER 2X STUD WALL, SEE STRUCTURAL. STUCCO
FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING
038 CONCRETE CONTAINMENT CURB
040 CLAY TILE ROOF TO MATCH EXISTING
041 STUCCO EAVE PROFILE TO MATCH EXISTING, SEE A4/A7 .1 108 6" CONCRETE CURB
210 CONCRETE FOOTING - SEE STRUCTURAL
211 FOUNDATION, SEE STRUCTURAL
213 CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE, SEE STRUCTURAL
355 2X STUD PER PLAN
359 WOOD FRAMING, SEE STRUCTURAL
366 PLYWOOD SHEATHING, SEE STRUCTURAL
373 ROOF FRAMING AS OCCURS, SEE STRUCTURAL
620 GYPSUM BOARD - SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR TYPE
665 STUCCO SOFFIT
804 BASE COURSE, SEE STRUCTURAL
808 FRP WHERE OCCURS, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE
840 R-19 BATT INSULATION, TYP.
842 R-30 BATT INSULATION, TYP.
873 VAPOR BARRIER
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" A4.1
A1 Section 6
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" A4.1
A2 Section 5
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" A4.1
A3 Section 7
SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" A4.1
D2 WALL SECTION
SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" A4.1
D1 WALL SECTION
SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" A4.1
D3 WALL SECTION
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" A4.1
D4 WALL TYPES
NOTES
ABBR DESCRIPTION
AC SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS
CONCRETE (SEALED)
CNC
CARPET CPT
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CMU
CERAMIC TILE CT
EXPOSED STRUCTURE EXP
ELASTOMETRIC DECK COATING EL
GYPSUM WALL BOARD 5/8" UON GWB
GWB-2
GWBFR
GWBWR
PLASTIC LAMINATE PL
PAINT PT
1/2" PLYWOOD, PAINTED PLYWD
RUBBER BASE RB
RUBBER MAT RM
SHEET METAL SM
STAINLESS STEEL SS
STUCCO - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER S
VINYL COMPOSITION TILE
VCT
WOOD WD
GYPSUM WALL BOARD, SOUND ABSORBENT
GYPSUM WALL BOARD, FIRE RESISTANT (5/8") TYPE-X
GYPSUM WALL BOARD, WATER RESISTANT (5/8")
RUBBER STRINGER RS
MATERIAL LEGEND
FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC FRP
EPOXY ERC
H
W
A6" MIN.
12" MIN. FF
1 PAINT FINISH: EGG SHELL
2 PAINT FINISH: SEMI-GLOSS
3 PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL WALL PANELS AS INDICATED
ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
4 PROVIDE 12" HIGH RUBBER MAT BASE
5 REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION
6 SEAL EDGES AND PAINT PLYWOOD
7 SACK AND PATCH CONCRETE CURB TO PROVIDE
SMOOTH FINISH WITH UNIFORM COLOR WHERE EXPOSED
8 PROVIDE HEADBOARD WHERE INDICATED ON INTERIOR
ELEVATIONS
9 PROVIDE HIGH-DENSITY CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH
10 PAINT EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING AND EXHAUST DUCT
WORK
11 CHAIR RAIL, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
1 PROVIDE BLACKOUT WINDOW BLINDS
2 MUNTIN DETAIL
3 WATERPROOFING AROUND WINDOW, SEE A7.1
D2
4 MATCH EXISTING
1 TOILET ROOM ISA SIGNAGE AND TEXT ON WALL
ADJACENT TO DOOR, SEE T-3
2 PROVIDE ISA SYMBOL ON DOOR
3 60 MINUTE RATED DOOR AND FRAME
4 PROVIDE SMOKE SEALS
5 PROVIDE TINTED 1/2" DUAL GLAZING
6 PROVIDE ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE, VERIFY TEXT
WITH OWNER, SEE
7 PROVIDE ACOUSTIC RATED DOOR
8 KICK PLATE, SEE
A7.1
D1
A
H
W
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
A AAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
ROOM FINISH
SCHEDULE
210801
A6.1
MK
JK
AS
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
ROOMS FLOOR BASE WAINSCOT WALLS CEILING CASEWORK
REMARKS NUMBER DESCRIPTION MATERIAL COLOR MATERIAL COLOR MATERIAL COLOR
NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST
MATERIAL COLOR HEIGHT COUNTERTOP COLOR CABINET COLOR MATERIAL COLOR MATERIAL COLOR MATERIAL COLOR MATERIAL COLO R 112 CHLORINE STORAGE CNC CNC-1 CNC CNC-1 FRP FRP-1 GWB PT-1 G WB PT-1 GWB PT-1 GWB PT-1 GWB PT-1 9' - 0" 7
FINISH SCHEDULE
MATERIAL TYPE
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION Comments NAME MANUFACTURER STYLE COLOR
CNC 1 CONCRETE FLOOR
CTR 1 CLAY TILE ROOF BORAL TWO-PIECE MATCH EXISTING ROOF 4'X10' PANELS, TRIM TO CEILING HEIGHT
ERC 1 EPOXY RESIN COATING DUR-A-FLEX SHOP FLOOR MR TBD FL OOR & CURBS APPLY EPOXY SURFACE TREATMENT
ON CONCRETE FLOOR AND WRAP
UP CURB 6"
FRP 1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC MARLITE SMOOTH WHITE INTERIOR WALLS PT-1 1 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS SEMI-GLOSS WHITE INTERIOR W ALLS PT-2 1 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS EXTERIOR DOORS MATCH EXISTING S 1 STUCCO - PORTLAND CEMENT MATCH EXISTING EXTERIOR WALLS DOOR SCHEDULE
DOOR FRAME DETAIL
HARDWARE
GROUP REMARKS MARK TYPE WIDTH HEIGHT ELEV DEPTH MATERIAL FINISH COLOR
INT/EXT
LOUVER
SIZE HOUR MATERIAL FINISH
COLOR
INT/EXT HEAD JAMB JAMB THRESHOLD
103A PAIR 6' - 0" 6' - 8" A 0' - 1 3/4" HM PT PT-2 24" W x 1 4"H - HM PT PT-2 A1/A7.1 B1/A7.1 C1/A7.1 1 8 104A PAIR 6' - 0" 6' - 8" A 0' - 1 3/4" HM PT PT-2 24" W x 1 4"H - HM PT PT-2 A1/A7.1 B1/A7.1 C1/A7.1 1 8 112A PAIR 6' - 0" 6' - 8" A 0' - 1 3/4" HM PT PT-2 24" W x 1 4"H - HM PT PT-2 A1/A7.1 B1/A7.1 C1/A7.1 1 8
WINDOW SCHEDULE
WINDOW FRAME DETAILS GLAZING
REMARKS MARK WIDTH HEIGHT TYPE GLAZING MATERIAL FINISH COLOR HEAD JA MB JAMB SILL MIN SHGC MIN
U-VALUE
A 2' - 0" 2' - 0" FIXED DUAL ALUMINUM FF MATCH (E) A2/A7.1 B 2/A7.1 C2/A7.1 .25 .32 2, 3, 4
FINISH NOTES
WINDOW NOTES
DOOR NOTES
INTEGRAL TO MATCH EXISTING
INTERIOR EXTERIOR
STUCCO OVER METAL LATH OVER
BUILDING PAPER
SEALANT
SHEET METAL DRIP
DOOR AS SCHEDULED
DOOR FRAME, AS SCHEDULED
DOOR FRAME BEYOND
PLYWOOD SHEATHING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
GYPSUM BOARD - SEE FINISH
SCHEDULE FOR TYPE
WOOD FRAMING, SEE STRUCTURAL
BATT INSULATION
RO
RO
EXTERIOR
INTERIOR
PLYWOOD SHEATHING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
GYPSUM BOARD - SEE FINISH
SCHEDULE FOR TYPE
WOOD FRAMING, SEE STRUCTURAL
BATT INSULATION
DOOR AS SCHEDULED
DOOR FRAME, AS SCHEDULED STUCCO OVER METAL LATH OVER
BUILDING PAPER
'J' REGLET SEALANT (BOTH SIDES)
INTERIOR EXTERIOR
1/2"
DOOR AS SCHEDULED
ALUMINUM THRESHOLD SET IN
MASTIC OVER SELF-ADHESIVE
MEMBRANE
CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL
CONCRETE WALKWAY
SEALANT WITH BACKER ROD
DOOR FRAME BEYOND
RO
1/2" MAX.
1/4"
R1/4"
1"
1" 10"
1"
DOOR FRAME
DOOR AS SCHEDULED
1" LONG STAINLESS STEEL
COUNTERSUNK SCREWS,
TYP.
1/8" THICK ALUMINUM
KICK PLATE
PLYWOOD SHEATHING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
GYPSUM BOARD - SEE FINISH
SCHEDULE FOR TYPE
BATT INSULATION
INTERIOR EXTERIOR
WOOD FRAMING, SEE STRUCTURAL
RO
STUCCO OVER METAL
LATH OVER BUILDING
PAPER
SEALANT (BOTH SIDES)
WATERPROOFING AROUND, SEE
D2/A7.1
WALL BEYOND
SLO
PE
'J' REGLET
CORNER BEAD
STUCCO SURROUND, TO MATCH
EXISTING
2X4 PLANT ON
WINDOW FRAME, TYP.
GLAZING
BLOCKING AS REQUIRED
PLYWOOD SHEATHING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
GYPSUM BOARD - SEE FINISH
SCHEDULE FOR TYPE
INTERIOR
EXTERIOR RO
STUCCO OVER METAL LATH OVER
BUILDING PAPER
SEALANT (BOTH SIDES)
WATERPROOFING
AROUND, SEE D2/A7.1
WALL BEYOND
WOOD FRAMING, SEE STRUCTURAL
STUCCO SURROUND, TO
MATCH EXISTING
PLYWOOD SHEATHING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
GYPSUM BOARD - SEE
FINISH SCHEDULE FOR
TYPE
BATT INSULATION
INTERIOR EXTERIOR
RO
STUCCO OVER METAL
LATH OVER BUILDING
PAPER
WATERPROOFING AROUND, SEE
D2/A7.1
WOOD FRAMING, SEE STRUCTURAL
SEALANT (BOTH SIDES)
BLOCKING AS REQUIRED
CORNER BEAD
'J' REGLET
SLO
PE
PLYWOOD SHEATHING,
SEE STRUCTURAL
ROOF FRAMING,
SEE STRUCTURAL
CLAY TILE ROOF, TO
MATCH EXISTING
2X NAILER
RIDGE TILE
CEMENT MORTAR
3"
UNDERLAYMENT,
(2) LAYER AT RIDGE
1'-0"
UNDERLAYMENT
1' - 6"
FLASHING
1' - 0"
FLASHING SET IN ADHESIVE CLAY TILE ROOF,
TO MATCH
EXISTING
METAL CLEAT @ 24" O.C. VERIFY
W/ ROOFING REQUIREMENTS
ROOF FRAMING,
SEE STRUCTURAL
PLYWOOD
SHEATHING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
UNDERLAYMENT, (2)
LAYERS AT VALLEY
CLAY ROOF TILE, TO
MATCH EXISTING
FLASHING
COUNTER FLASHING
1X BLOCKING
STUCCO OVER METAL LATH
OVER BUILDING PAPER
WOOD FRAMING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
UNDERLAYMENT
WOOD FRAMING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
WOOD FRAMING,
SEE STRUCTURAL
CLAY TILE ROOFING, TO
MATCH EXISTING
PLYWOOD ROOF
SHEATHING, SEE STRUCTURAL UNDERLAYMENT
CLAY EAVE
RISER BIRDSTOP
FLASHING
DRIP EDGE
2'-0" UNDERLAYMENT
PLYWOOD SHEATHING
PER STRUCTURAL
4" MIN.
0'-7 1/2"
1'-0"
STUCCO OVER METAL LATH
OVER BUILDING PAPER
1"
2X BLOCKING WITH
2" ROUND HOLES @
48" O.C.
1X2 STUCCO
STOP
PLYWOOD NAILED TO 2X
BLOCKING AS REQUIRED
MATCH EXISTING
EAVE PROFILE, V.I.F.
WATERPROOF SEALER AT OPENING
AND 4" BEYOND OPENING
4 CORNER REINFORCEMENT AT ALL
CORNERS TYPICAL AT DOORS AND
WINDOWS
"
REFERENCE DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULE
BASE FLASHING
CLAY TILE ROOF,
TO MATCH
EXISTING
WOOD BLOCKING
ROOF FRAMING,
SEE STRUCTURAL
PLYWOOD SHEATHING,
SEE STRUCTURAL
CANT STRIP
CLR.
1"
SHEET METAL FLASHING
COLLER WITH DRAW BAND
PAINT EXPOSED
DUCTWORK
DUCT, SEE
MECHANICAL
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
A AAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
DOOR,
WINDOW, &
ROOF DETAILS
210801
A7.1
MK
JK
AS
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.1
A1 EXTERIOR DOOR - HEAD
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.1
B1 EXTERIOR DOOR - JAMB
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.1
C1 EXTERIOR DOOR - THRESHOLD
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A7.1
D1 DOOR - KICK PLATE
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.1
A2 EXTERIOR WINDOW HEAD - FIXED
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.1
B2 EXTERIOR WINDOW JAMB - FIXED
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.1
C2 EXTERIOR WINDOW SILL - FIXED
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A7.1
A3 ROOF - HIP/RIDGE DETAIL
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A7.1
B3 ROOF - VALLEY DETAIL
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.1
C3 ROOF - RAKE AT WALL DETAIL
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A7.1
A4 ROOF - EAVE DETAIL
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.1
D2 WATER PROOFING
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" A7.1
B4 ROOF - DUCT PENETRATION
CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE, SEE
STRUCTURAL
STUCCO OVER
METAL LATH OVER
BUILDING PAPER
GYPSUM BOARD - SEE FINISH
SCHEDULE FOR TYPE
CHAMFERED EDGE
WAINSCOT WHERE OCCURS, SEE
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
BATT INSULATION PLYWOOD
SHEATHING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
WEEP SCREED
INTERIOR EXTERIOR
6"
CONCRETE CURB, SEE CURB PLAN
SHEET A2.3 & STRUCTURAL
SEALANT WITH BACKER ROD
CONCRETE
WALKWAY
MIN.
2"
WALL CONSTRUCTION
SEE WALL TYPES FOR
4"
SEALANT 1/2"
1/8"
CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE, SEE
STRUCTURAL
STUCCO OVER
METAL LATH OVER
BUILDING PAPER
GYPSUM BOARD - SEE FINISH
SCHEDULE FOR TYPE
CHAMFERED EDGE
WAINSCOT WHERE OCCURS, SEE
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
BATT INSULATION
PLYWOOD
SHEATHING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
WEEP SCREED
INTERIOR EXTERIOR
6"
CONCRETE CURB, SEE CURB PLAN
SHEET A2.3 & STRUCTURAL
FINISH GRADE
WALL CONSTRUCTION
SEE WALL TYPES FOR
4"
SEALANT 1/2"
1/8"
4" MIN.
INTERIOR EXTERIOR
1/2"
DOOR AS SCHEDULED
ALUMINUM THRESHOLD SET IN
MASTIC OVER SELF-ADHESIVE
MEMBRANE
CONCRETE SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL
CONCRETE WALKWAY
SEALANT WITH BACKER ROD
DOOR FRAME BEYOND
RO
1/2" MAX.
1/4"
6"
CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE, SEE
STRUCTURAL
STUCCO OVER
METAL LATH OVER
BUILDING PAPER
CHAMFERED EDGE
PLYWOOD
SHEATHING, SEE
STRUCTURAL
WEEP SCREED
INTERIOR EXTERIOR
6"
CONCRETE CURB, SEE CURB PLAN
SHEET A2.3 & STRUCTURAL SEALANT WITH
BACKER ROD
CONCRETE
WALKWAY
MIN.
2"
WALL CONSTRUCTION
SEE WALL TYPES FOR
VARIES - 4" MIN.
SEALANT 1/2"
1/8"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
METAL CHAIN LINK GATE
GATE HINGES AT TOP
AND BOTTOM
CHAIN LINK GATE
WITH NO OPENINGS
MORE THAN 4" IN
DIAMETER SPHERE,
BOTTOM WITHIN 2" OF
FINISH GRADE
2.5" ROUND
GATE POST
2" METAL GATE FRAME
GATE
3'-8"
METAL TUBE STEEL
POSTS
6'-6"
GATE HANDLE &
LATCH WITH LOCK SET
FOR KEYED ACCESS
NOTES:
1. CHAIN LINK FENCE SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 206-6 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION.
2. FINISH: ALL COMPONENTS OF FENCING INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FENCE FABRIC MESH, POSTS, RAILS, RODS, TIES, BRACES, WIRES, AND HARDWARE SHALL RECEIVE BLACK VINYL FINISH. ALL COMPONENTS SHALL BE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED PRIOR TO VINYL COATING.
3. FABRIC SIZE: 2" MESH, 9 GAUGE WIRE SIZE PLUS.
4. POSTS AND RAILS: HEAVY INDUSTRIAL STRENGTH, ROUN D STEEL PIPE, SCHEDULE 40. 3'-0" MIN.
2"
CONCRETE FOOTING
3" CLR.
3/16".
WEAKENED PLANE JOINT CONTACT JOINT
NOTES:
1. CONSTRUCT CONTACT OR KEYED JOINT AT CONNECTION T O EXISTING CONCRETE OR END OF POUR
2. CONSTRUCT WEAKEND PLANE JOINTS AT 15' MAX INTERV ALS BOTH WAYS
3. CONSTRUCT EXPANSION JOINTS AT 45' MAX INTERVALS BOTH WAYS, AND ADJACENT TO STRUCTURES
4. COORDINATE JOINT LOCATIONS TO ALIGN WITH BUILDIN G CORNERS, END WALLS, AND OTHER STRUCTURES
5. REBAR SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITH 12" OVERLAP WHERE SPLICED.
6. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 520-C-2500 AND SAME COLO R AS ADJACENT CONCRETE AND HAVE A SMOOTH TROWEL FINISH.
7. INSTALL WEAKENED PLANE JOINTS ADJACENT TO EACH F ENCE POST. 1/4" MIN.- 1/2" MAX. (SIDEWALK)
1/2" (PAVEMENT)
1/4"R (TYP.)
TYP.
1/4".
EXPANSION JOINT
1/4" R (TYP.)
2"
1/4".
RECESS
1/4".
JOINT FILLER AND SEALANT
PROPOSED CONCRETE
MATCH FLUSH TO EXISTING WITH
EXPANSION JOINT (1/2" MAX.)
1/2" (4") X 24" SMOOTH, GREASED
OR OILED BAR, 30" O.C., CENTERED
VERTICALLY IN PAVEMENT
SECTION
EXISTING CONCRETE
JOINT FILLER
AND SEALANT
JOINT FILLER
AND SEALANT
PREFORMED TYPE "B"
ELASTOMERIC PER
MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS
FINISHED SURFACE
JOINT FILLER AND
BACKER ROD
PEDESTRIAN CONCRETE
NOTES:
1. CONTROL JOINTS AND SPACING PER TYPICAL DETAILS
2. ALL VALUES ARE PRELIMINARY. CONTRACTOR IS RESPO NSIBLE FOR FINAL PAVEMENT SECTIONS AS
DETERMINED BY GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER AFTER R-VALUE T ESTING AND TEST OF COMPLETED SUBGRADE. REFER TO GREENBOOK STANDARDS
3. REBAR REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED PER SPEC.
4. THICKENED EDGE REQUIRED IN CONCRETE AREA WHERE H ANDRAIL INSTALLED 5"
CONCRETE TO BE PREPARED IN GENERAL
ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 301-1 OF THE
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PUBLIC
WORKS CONSTRUCTION
AGGREGATE BASE TO BE COMPACTED PER
GREENBOOK STANDARDS
SUBGRADE SOILS. SCARIFIED, MOISTURE-
CONDITIONED & COMPACTED PER
GREENBOOK STANDARDS
(624.27')
1:12 M
AX SLO
PE
<4"
27" MAX
1'-0"
34"-38" MAX
EDGE
PROTECTION
(623.0')
1:12 M
AX SLO
PE
1'-0"
EEEECCCC
KKKK
EEEE
FFFFRRRR
AAAA
IIII
RR RREE EENN NN.... 00 0099 99// //11 1100 00// //22 2233 33 FFFF
EEEE
AAAATTTT
SSSSTTTT
LLLL
FFFF
CCCCAAAA
OOOO
IIII
LLLL
FFFFEEEEJJJJ
CC CC00 0011 1188 8822 2222 2233 33....
OOOO
A AAAIIIINNNNRRRRAAAATTTTZZZZ
TTTT
SSSSNNNNEEEECCCC
YYYYDDDDEEEE
CCCC
AAAARRRR
TTTT
HHHHIIII
Project Number:
Drawn By:
Checked By:
Sheet Title:
Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120
619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com
SHEET NUMBER:
Description: Date:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
CURB & MISC.
DETAILS
210801
A7.2
Checker
Approver
Author
LAS POSAS POOL
CITY OF SAN MARCOS
1387 W BORDEN RD
SAN MARCOS, CA 92069
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.2
A1 EXPOSED CURB AT STUCCO (AT CONCRETE)
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.2
B1 EXPOSED CURB AT STUCCO (AT GRADE)
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.2
C1 CONTAINMENT CURB
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" A7.2
D1 EXPOSED CURB AT STUCCO (AT CONCRETE)
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" A7.2
B4 GATE DETAIL
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" A7.2
A2 CONCRETE JOINTS
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" A7.2
B2 CONCRETE PAVEMENT SECTION
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" A7.2
C3 RAMP SECTION
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" A7.2
D3 RAMP SECTION
TABLE 1705.3REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTIONTYPE1. Inspect reinforcement, including prestressingtendons, and verify placement.2. Reinforcing bar welding:a.Verify weldability of reinforcing bars otherthan ASTM A706;b.Inspect single-pass fillet welds, maximum 516" andc.Inspect all other welds.3. Inspect anchors cast in concrete.4. Inspect anchors post-installed in hardenedconcrete members.a a.Adhesive anchors installed in horizontally orupwardly inclined orientations to resistsustained tension loads.b.Mechanical anchors and adhesive anchors notdefined in 4.a.5. Verify use of required design mix.— 6. Prior to concrete placement, fabricate specimens forstrength tests, perform slump and air content tests,and determine the temperature of the concrete.7. Inspect concrete and shotcrete placement for properapplication techniques.8. Verify maintenance of specified curing temperatureand techniques.9. Inspect prestressed concrete for:a.Application of prestressing forces; andb.Grouting of bonded prestressing tendons.10.Inspect erection of precast concrete members.11.Verify in-situ concrete strength, prior to stressing oftendons in post-tensioned concrete and prior toremoval of shores and forms from beams andstructural slabs.12.Inspect formwork for shape, location anddimensions of the concrete member being formed.
XX—XX———
X—X
CONTINUOUSSPECIALINSPECTION——
PERIODIC SPECIALINSPECTIONXXX
XXX——X——XXX a.Specific requirements for special inspection shall be included in the research report for the anchor issued by an approved source in accordancewith 17.8.2 in ACI 318, or other qualification procedures. Where specific requirements are not provided, special inspection requirements shall bespecified by the registered design professional and shall be approved by the building official prior to the commencement of the work.
TABLE 1705.6REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF SOILSTYPECONTINUOUS SPECIALINSPECTION———X— PERIODIC SPECIALINSPECTIONXXX—X
1.Verify materials below shallow foundations are adequate to achieve the designbearing capacity.2.Verify excavations are extended to proper depth and have reached proper material.3.Perform classification and testing of compacted fill materials.4.Verify use of proper materials, densities and lift thicknesses during placement andcompac-tion of compacted fill.5.Prior to placement of compacted fill, inspect subgrade and verify that site has beenprepared properly.
SPECIAL INSPECTION
NOTES:
1. ALL SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CHAPTER 17 OF THE CODE. THEOWNER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RETAINING AN APPROVED AGENCY TO PERFORM SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FORTHIS PROJECT.2. THE SPECIAL INSPECTION TABLES LISTED BELOW ARE PARTIAL EXCERPTS OF THE TABLES LISTED IN THECODE AND ADDITIONAL SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PROJECT. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITYOF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR TO CONFORM WITH ALL ASPECTS OF OF THE CODE AND STANDARDSREFERENCED BY CHAPTER 17.3. THE SPECIAL INSPECTORS MUST BE CERTIFIED BY THE GOVERNING JURISDICTION IN THE CATEGORY OFWORK REQUIRED TO HAVE SPECIAL INSPECTION. EXCEPTIONS:A. SOILS INSPECTIONS BY THE SOILS ENGINEER OF RECORDB. WHEN WAIVED BY THE GOVERNING JURISDICTION4. THE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING LABORATORY MUST BE APPROVED BY THE GOVERNINGJURISDICTION FOR TESTING OF MATERIALS, SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENTS.5. THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS IDENTIFIED ON PLANS ARE IN ADDITION TO, AND NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR, THOSEINSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO BE PERFORMED BY THE GOVERNING JURISDICTION. SPECIALLY INSPECTEDWORK WHICH IS INSTALLED OR COVERED WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF AN INSPECTOR FROM THEGOVERNING JURISDICTION IS SUBJECT TO REMOVAL OR EXPOSURE..6. FOR CONTINUOUS INSPECTION, WHEN WORK IN MORE THAN ONE CATEGORY OF WORK REQUIRING SPECIALINSPECTION IS TO BE PERFORMED SIMULTANEOUSLY, OR THE GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION OF THE WORK ISSUCH THAT IT CANNOT BE CONTINUOUSLY OBSERVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THECODE, IT IS THE AGENT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO EMPLOY A SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF INSPECTORS TO ASSURETHAT ALL WORK IS INSPECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROVISIONS.7. PERIODIC INSPECTION SHALL OCCUR FREQUENTLY ENOUGH TO INSPECT ALL OF THE INSTALLED ITEMSAND TO PERIODICALLY WITNESS THE INSTALLATION OF THE ITEMS.8. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INFORM THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR OR INSPECTIONAGENCY AT LEAST ONE WORKING DAY PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK THAT REQUIRES SPECIALINSPECTION. ALL WORK PERFORMED WITHOUT REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTION IS SUBJECT TO REMOVAL..9. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL PROVIDE WEEKLY REPORTS AND A FINAL REPORT TO THE STRUCTURALENGINEER.10. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL DEFICIENCIES RELATED TO THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONTABLES NOTED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER IN STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION REPORTS ARECORRECTED. SUCH COMPLIANCE SHALL BE REFERENCED IN SPECIAL INSPECTOR REPORT. THEFOLLOWING ELEMENTS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL REQUIRE SPECIAL INSPECTION PER CHAPTER 17 OF THECODE. U.N.O.
CONCRETE SPECIAL INSPECTION KEYNOTES:1.THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR FOR ADHESIVE ANCHORS SHALL VERIFY THE DRILLING OF ANY HOLES, THE CLEANLINESS OF THE HOLE,THE MOISTURE IN THE HOLE, MIXING THE ADHESIVE, THE BRAND OF ADHESIVE, AND THE PROPER MATERIAL FOR ASSEMBLY.
REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR STRUCTURAL WOOD (CBC 1705.11.1)TYPECONTINUOUS SPECIALINSPECTION—PERIODIC SPECIALINSPECTION 1.Wood shearwalls, shear panels and diaphragms, drag struts, bracing and holdownsincluding nailing, bolting, anchoring and other fastening to other elements wherefastener spacing at panel edges is less than 4 inches on center.— 2.Wood shearwalls, shear panels and diaphragms, drag struts, bracing and holdownsincluding nailing, bolting, anchoring and other fastening to other elements wherefastener spacing at panel edges is greater than 4 inches on center.
X—
STRUCTURALNOTES
S1.0
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date: Orie Engineering2Structural and Bridge EngineersORIE2
STRUCTURAL
BRIDGE9750 Miramar Road, Suite 310San Diego, CA 92126Fax: (858) 586-0911 50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 DDONLAEIORR.
BUILDING DEPT.RESUBMITTAL03/14/22
210801JLODRODRO
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
Table 25.3.1—Standard hook geometry for development of deformed bars intensionType ofstandardhookBar sizeNo. 3 throughNo. 890-degreehookNo. 9 throughNo. 11No. 14 andNo. 18No. 3 throughNo. 8180-degreehookNo. 9 throughNo. 11No. 14 andNo. 18 Minimum insidebend diameter, in.6db8db12db10db6db8db10dbGreater of4db and 2.5 in.
Straightextension[1]Lext, in.Type of standard hookTable 25.3.2—Minimum inside bend diameters and standard hook geometryfor stirrups, ties, and hoopsType of stan-dard hookBar size90-degreehookNo. 3throughNo. 5No. 6throughNo. 8 135-degreehookNo. 3throughNo. 5No. 6throughNo. 8
180-degreehookNo. 3throughNo. 5No. 6throughNo. 8
Minimum insidebend diameter, in.4db6db
4dbGreater of 6db and3 in.6db
4db6db
Straight extension[1]Lext, in.Greater of 6db and3 in.12db Type of standard hook
Greater of4db and2.5 in.
TYPICALSTRUCTURALDETAILS
S1.1
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date: Orie Engineering2Structural and Bridge EngineersORIE2
STRUCTURAL
BRIDGE9750 Miramar Road, Suite 310San Diego, CA 92126Fax: (858) 586-0911 50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 DDONLAEIORR.
BUILDING DEPT.RESUBMITTAL03/14/22
210801JLODRODRO
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
TYPICALSTRUCTURALDETAILS
S1.2
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date: Orie Engineering2Structural and Bridge EngineersORIE2
STRUCTURAL
BRIDGE9750 Miramar Road, Suite 310San Diego, CA 92126Fax: (858) 586-0911 50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 DDONLAEIORR.
BUILDING DEPT.RESUBMITTAL03/14/22
210801JLODRODRO
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
’ ™’
TYPICALSTRUCTURALDETAILS
S1.3
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date: Orie Engineering2Structural and Bridge EngineersORIE2
STRUCTURAL
BRIDGE9750 Miramar Road, Suite 310San Diego, CA 92126Fax: (858) 586-0911 50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 DDONLAEIORR.
BUILDING DEPT.RESUBMITTAL03/14/22
210801JLODRODRO
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
DN
B
1 A
2 B
1 A
2 PLATE 19' - 0"
LEVEL 10' - 0"Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date: Orie Engineering2Structural and Bridge EngineersORIE2
STRUCTURAL
BRIDGE9750 Miramar Road, Suite 310San Diego, CA 92126Fax: (858) 586-0911 50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 DDONLAEIORR.
BUILDING DEPT.RESUBMITTAL03/14/22
210801JLODRODRO
STRUCTURALPLANS &SECTIONS
S2.1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"S2.1CSTRUCTURAL SECTION
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"S2.1AFOUNDATION PLANSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"S2.1BROOF FRAMING PLAN 50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
STRUCTURALDETAILS
S4.1
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:
Orie Engineering2Structural and Bridge EngineersORIE2
STRUCTURALBRIDGE9750 Miramar Road, Suite 310San Diego, CA 92126Fax: (858) 586-0911 50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 DDONLAEIORR.
BUILDING DEPT.RESUBMITTAL03/14/22
210801JLODRODRO
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 BUILDING DEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
MECHANICALGENERAL NOTES ,LEGENDS &SCHEDULESM001
MECHANICAL LEGENDSYMBOLABBREVIATIONDESCRIPTIONMECHANICAL LEGEND (CONTINUED)SYMBOLABBREVIATIONDESCRIPTIONGENERAL NOTES1.ALL CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLEMENTARY TO EACH OTHER IN THAT ALLAPPARATUS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD OF INSTALLATION OUTLINED IN THE DRAWINGSAND / OR SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL BE CONSIDERED ESSENTIAL TO THE CONTRACT. THE CONTRACTORSHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REVIEW AND COORDINATION OF ALL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ANYCONSTRUCTION.2.NEW AND / OR EXISTING EQUIPMENT INDICATED ON THIS DRAWING IS SHOWN IN APPROXIMATEPOSITION(S). THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, INCLUDINGEQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, POINTS OF CONNECTION, AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, PRIOR TOINSTALLATION. NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION COORDINATOR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTSPRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. DO NOT PROCEED WITHOUT CONSTRUCTION COORDINATORAPPROVAL FOR ANY CHANGES REQUIRED.3.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DUCT, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL,STRUCTURAL, PLUMBING, AND ALL OTHER TRADES.4.ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY CODES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA ENERGYCONSERVATION STANDARDS, AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES.5.ROOM THERMOSTATS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING SET TO MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE SETPOINTS FROM 55°F TO 85°F, AND BE CAPABLE OF OPERATING THE HEATING AND COOLING INSEQUENCE. THERMOSTATS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE TO PROVIDE A TEMPERATURE RANGE OF UP TO 10°FBETWEEN FULL HEATING AND FULL COOLING BEING SUPPLIED. CONTROLS SHALL HAVE THE CAPABILITYOF TERMINATING ALL HEATING AT A TEMPERATURE NOT MORE THAT 70°F. THERMOSTATS SHALL BEHANDICAP ACCESSIBLE, LOCATED AT 48 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR.6.ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, ERECTED, AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOSTRESTRICTIVE OF LOCAL REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES DETAILED IN THE A.S.H.R.A.E. HANDBOOK OFFUNDAMENTALS, OR THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS ADOPTED BY S.M.A.C.N.A.. PROVIDE RECTANGULARDUCT OF GALVANIZED STEEL AND PREFABRICATED SPIRAL LOCK-SEAM DUCTS AND FITTINGS. ALL DUCTSIZES SHOWN ARE NET INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS (I.E. AFTER INSULATION HAS BEEN INSTALLED,REVIEW PLANS CLOSELY FOR LINED DUCTWORK.)7.ALL FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH EXTERIOR REINFORCED LAMINATED VAPORBARRIER, 1-1/2" THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATION (K-25 AT 75°F), ENCAPSULATED SPRING STEEL WIREHELIX, AND IMPERVIOUS SMOOTH NON PERFORATED INTERIOR VINYL LINER. INDIVIDUAL LENGTHS OFFLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT OR NEAR MID-LENGTH WITH A 2" WIDE 28-GAUGE STEELHANGER COLLAR. ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE WITH AN APPROVED DUCT HANGER. IN COMPLETECONFORMANCE WITH 2019 C.M.C. APPENDIX. MAXIMUM LENGTH CONNECTION TO TERMINAL OUTLETSHALL BE 5 FEET.8.ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS SAHLL BE 4-WAY THROW, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE.9.ALL H.V.A.C. SYSTEMS SHALL MEET THE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PER SECTIONS 111 AND 122 E.E.S.10.ALL H.V.A.C. EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS PER SECTIONS 111-113,115 AND 120-129 E.E.S.11.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS - ALL DIMENSIONS AND JOB CONDITIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THECONTRACTOR AT THE JOB SITE TO BID SUBMITTAL, START OF CONSTRUCT AND / OR FABRICATION OFMATERIALS. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE ENCOUNTERED, THE ENGINEER SHALL BE NOTIFIED FORCLARIFICATION.12.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTION AND REPAIR OF ADJACENT EXISTINGSURFACES, EQUIPMENT, AREAS, AND PROPERTY THAT MAY BE DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF ANYDEMOLITION AND / OR NEW WORK.13.SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION OF THE CEILING DIFFUSERSAND GRILLES.14.SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ROOF ACCESS AND ADDITIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION NOTES.15.SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR GAS PIPING, PRIMARY CONDENSATE PIPING, AND FINAL CONNECTIONS16.NO RANGE HOOD VENTS, DRYER VENTS, COMBUSTION VENTS, OR HEATING DUCTS ARE PERMITTED INAREA SEPARATION WALL.17.PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS PER CODE.18.ALL PIPING AND DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED CONSISTENT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OFSECTIONS 118, 123, 123, TITLE 24 ENERGY STANDARDS, AND TABLE 6-6A AND 6-6B OR C.M.C.19.INSULATION, ADHESIVES, VAPOR-BARRIER MATERIALS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES SHALL BENON-COMBUSTIBLE. THE MATERIALS SHALL HAVE U.L. FLAMESPREAD RATING NOT MORE THAN 25 ANDA SMOKE DENSITY NOT MORE THAT 50.20.ALL SUPPLY, RETURN, OUTSIDE, AND RELIEF BRANCH DUCTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ACCESSIBLEMANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS WITH LOCKS.21.PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT THE INLET AND OUTLET OF ALL FANS.22.EACH SYSTEM SUPPLYING AIR IN EXCESS OF 2000 CFM SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN AUTOMATICSHUTOFF. AUTOMATIC SHUTOFF SHALL SHUT DOWN IN THE AIR-MOVING EQUIPMENT WHEN THE SMOKEIS DETECTED IN THE SUPPLY AIR. DETECTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE MAIN SUPPLY, AHEAD OF ANYSUPPLY BRANCHES. SPACES SERVED BY MULTIPLE AIR MOVING SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE INTERLOCKEDSMOKE DETECTORS, CONNECTED TOGETHER THROUGH A RELAY PANEL TO SHUTOFF ALL EQUIPMENTSERVING THE SPACE WHEN SMOKE IS DETECTED BY ANY SINGLE SMOKE DETECTOR.23.PVC PIPING SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED IN THE BUILDING.24.FIRE-STOPPING SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE PENETRATING ITEMS PASS ENTIRELY THROUGH BOTHPROTECTIVE MEMBRANES OR BEARING WALLS REQUIRED TO HAVE A FIRE RESISTIVE RATING, ANDWALL REQUIRING PROTECTED OPENINGS. FIRE-STOPPING SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED ATPENETRATIONS OF FIRE RESISTIVE FLOORS AND FLOORS WHICH ARE PART OF A CEILING-FLOORASSEMBLY. FIRE-STOPPING SHALL HAVE AN "F" OR "T" RATING AS DETERMINES BY TEST CONDUCTED INACCORDANCE WITH C.B.C., 2019 EDITION.25.AIR FILTERS SHALL BE STATE FIRS MARSHALL APPROVED AND LISTED. PRE-FORMED FILTERS HAVINGCOMBUSTIBLE FRAMING SHALL BE TESTED AS A COMPLETE ASSEMBLY. AIR FILTERS IN ALLOCCUPANCIES SHALL BE CLASS 2 OR BETTER (AS SHOWN IN THE STATE FIR MARSHALL LISTING). AIRFILTERS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE FOR CLEANING AND / OR REPLACEMENT.26.ALL SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE REFRIGERANT LINES SIZED ANDINSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EACHSYSTEM APPLICATION. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL ACCESSORIES, HARDWARE, ETC. THAT MAYBE RECOMMENDED.27.ALL EVAPORATOR AND CONDENSING COILS (INDOOR AND OUTDOOR COILS) SHALL BE TREATED WITHSPRAY-ON PHENOLIC COATING FOR SALT AND CHEMICAL PROTECTION BY AN INDEPENDENTCONTRACTOR SPECIALIZING IN THE PROCESS (OR BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER). PROVIDECONTRACTOR'S EXPERIENCE AND PROPOSED PROCESS DURING THE SUBMITTAL PERIOD.28.OUTDOOR AIR SUPPLY AND EXHAUST EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH DAMPERS THATAUTOMATICALLY CLOSE DURING PERIODS OF NON-USE OF THE AREAS SERVED BY THE EQUIPMENT.29.PRE-OCCUPANCY VENTILATION SHALL BE: (a) THE MINIMUM RATE OF OUTDOOR AIR REQUIRED BYCALIFORNIA ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS SECTION 121 (b), OR (b) THREE COMPLETE AIR CHANGES,WHICHEVER IS LESS, AND SHALL BE SUPPLIED TO THE ENTIRE BUILDING DURING THE ONE-HOURPERIOD IMMEDIATELY BEFORE THE BUILDING IS NORMALLY OCCUPIED.30.WHERE A RETURN PLENUM IS USED TO DISTRIBUTE OUTDOOR AIR TO A ZONAL HEATING OR COOLINGUNIT, WHICH THEN SUPPLIES THE AIR TO A SPACE: IN ORDER TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OFSECTION 121 (b)2, THE OUTDOOR AIR SHALL BE DUCTED TO DISCHARGE EITHER: (a) WITHIN 5 FEET OFUNIT, OR (b) WITHIN 15 FEET OF THE UNIT, SUBSTANTIALLY TOWARD THE UNITS, AT A VELOCITY NOTLESS THAN 500 FEET PER MINUTE.31.ALL DAMPERS AND CIRCUIT SETTERS SHALL BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR TESTING AND MAINTENANCE,LEFT OPEN, CHECKED FOR RANGE OF ADJUSTMENT, AND NOT INSULATED OVER UNTIL TEST ANDBALANCE IS COMPLETED.32.ALL RELATED ACCEPTANCE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE FIELD INSPECTOR DURINGCONSTRUCTION. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY WILL NOT BE ISSUED UNTIL THESE FORMS AREREVIEWED AND APPROVED.33.COMPONENTS THAT ARE INSTALLED IN-LINE WITH THE DUCT SYSTEM AND HAVE AN OPERATINGWEIGHT GREATER THEN 75 LBS. SUCH AS FANS, HEAT EXCHANGERS, AND HUMIDIFIERS, SHALL BESUPPORTED AND LATERALLY BRACED INDEPENDENT OF THE DUCT SYSTEM. (ASCE 7 SEC. 13.6.7)34.EXHAUST DUCTS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPERS PER SECTION 504.1.1 CMC.
DIFFUSER / GRILLE CALLOUTCFMAFFAMBCFMDBDIA(E)EFESP°FFLAFPMGALGPMH2OHPKWLBSMAXMBHMINOAOBDOVPDRPMSQ. FT.TONSTSPVELWB ABOVE FINISHED FLOORAMBIENTCUBIC FEET PER MINUTEDRY BULBDIAMETEREXISTINGEXHAUST FANEXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (INCHES OF WATER)DEGREES FAHRENHEITFULL LOAD AMPERESFEET PER MINUTEGALLONGALLONS PER MINUTEWATERHORSE POWERKILOWATTSPOUNDS (WEIGHT)MAXIMUMCAPACITY EXPRESSED IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/HRMINIMUMOUTSIDE AIROPPOSED BLADE DAMPEROUTLET VELOCITYPRESSURE DROP (FEET OF WATER)REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTESQUARE FEETCAPACITY IN TONS OF REFRIGERATIONTOTAL STATIC PRESSURE (INCHES OF WATER)VELOCITYWET BULBFD/SFDVDMD(MD-NO.)18"x12"18"ø D/LU/C
SRFCTGFD/SFDVDMDMDFA
AD/APD/LU/C
POCEXISTING DUCTWORK (SINGLE LINE)EXISITING TO BE DEMOLISHED (SINGLE LINE)DUCTWORK (SINGLE LINE)EXISTING DUCTWORKEXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHEDDUCTWORKLINED DUCTWORKFLEXIBLE DUCTWORKSUPPLY DIFFUSERRETURN AIR REGISTEREXHAUST AIR GRILLEACCESS DOORS, VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL, ON DUCT3 WAY SUPPLY DIFFUSERSUPPLY DUCT SECTIONRETURN DUCT SECTIONEXHAUST DUCT SECTIONROUND DUCT SECTIONSIDEWALL REGISTERLINEAR SLOT SUPPLY DIFFUSERLINEAR SLOT RETURN AIR (DUCTED AND NON-DUCTED)FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONTRANSFER AIR GRILLE BOOT ASSEMBLYFIRE DAMPER OR SMOKE / FIRE DAMPER [DIAGRAMMATIC]VOLUME DAMPERMOTORIZED CONTROL DAMPERMOTORIZED DAMPER FIRE ALARMRECTANGULAR DUCTWORK (DOUBLE LINE)FIRST NUMBER INDICATES SIDE SHOWNROUND DUCTWORK (DOUBLE LINE)SMOOTH RADIUS DUCT ELBOW WITHOUT TURNING VANESRECTANGULAR 90° ELBOW WITH AIRFOIL TURNING VANESACESS DOOR / ACCESS PANELDOOR LOUVER (INDICATED FREE AREA)UNDERCUT DOOR (INDICATED AFF CLEARANCE) CONTRACTOR SHOP DRAWINGS1.FOR DUCT AND PIPING SHOP DRAWING DEVELOPMENT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN THE MOSTCURRENT ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ELECTRICAL CAD AND/OR REVIT FILES TO BE OVERLAIDONTO THE MECHANICAL DUCT SHOP DRAWINGS.
BUILDING CODE2019 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREASSECTION 508 MIXED USE AND OCCUPANCY508.1 GENERAL. WHERE A BUILDING OR PORTION THEREOF CONTAINS TWO OR MORE OCCUPANCIES ORUSES, THE BUILDING THEREOF SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE OF THIS SECTION.508.2 INCIDENTAL USES. IN INCIDENTAL USE AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THISSECTION.EXCEPTION: INCIDENTAL USE AREA WITHIN AND SERVING A DWELLING UNIT ARE NOT REQUIRED WITHTHIS SECTION.508.2.1 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION. AN INCIDENTAL USE AREA SHALL BE CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCEWITH THE OCCUPANCY OF THAT PORTION OF THE BUILDING IN WHICH IT IS LOCATED OR THE BUILDINGSHALL BE CLASSIFIED AS A MIXED OCCUPANCY AND SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 508.3.508.2.2 SEPARATION. INCIDENTAL USE AREAS SHALL BE SEPARATED OR PROTECTED, OR BOTH, INACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 508.2.TABLE 508.2 INCIDENTAL USE AREASROOM AREASEPARATION AND / OR PROTECTIONFURNACE ROOM WHERE ANY PIECE OFEQUIPMENT IS OVER 400,000 BTU PERHOUR INPUTROOM WITH BOILERS WHERE THELARGEST PIECE OF EQUIPMENT IS OVER150 PSI AND 10 HORSEPOWERREFRIGERANT MACHINERY ROOMS1 HOUR OR PROVIDE AUTOMATIC FIREEXTINGUISHING SYSTEM1 HOUR OR PROVIDE AUTOMATIC FIREEXTINGUISHING SYSTEM1 HOUR OR PROVIDE AUTOMATICSPRINKLER SYSTEM ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BRACED OR ANCHORED TO RESIST AHORIZONTAL FORCE ACTING IN ANY DIRECTION USING THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA:EQUIPMENT ON STRUCTURE:30% OF OPERATING WEIGHTEQUIPMENT ON GRADE:20% OF OPERATING WEIGHTFOR FLEXIBLE MOUNTING EQUIPMENT, USE 2 X THE ABOVE RULES, AND FOR SIMULTANEOUS VERTICALFOR USE ø X THE HORIZONTAL FORCE.THE ABOVE VALUES ARE FOR AN IMPORTANCE FACTOR, "I" = 1.10 AND SEISMIC ZONE, "Z" = 0.4.WHERE ANCHORAGE DETAILS ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, THE FIELD INSTALLATION SHALL BESUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.
SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
ENERGY CONSERVATION NOTES1. INSULATION MATERIAL SHALL MEET THE CALIFORNIA QUALITY STANDARD PER SECTION 110.8 OF THE2019 BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS.2.DOORS AND WINDOWS SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM INFILTRATION REQUIREMENTS PER SECTION 110.6 OF THE 2019 BUILDING ENERFFY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS.3.ALL PIPING AND DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED CONSISTENT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS 120.3 AND 120.4 OF THE 2019 BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS.4.ALL HVAC SYSTEMS SHALL MEET THE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PER SECTIONS 110.12 AND 120.2 OF THE 2019 BUILDING ENERGY STANDARDS.5.ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES SHALL BE THE REQUIREMENTS PER SECTION 110.0, 110.1,110.2, 110.3, 120.0, 120.1, 120,4, 120.6 AND 2019 OF THE BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS.
GREENHECKBSQ-80PLASTIC 25-4CCW 360(E) STORAGE #103IN-LINE4000.5-1,800115160100- MANUFACTURERMARKMODEL NO.EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULEREMARKSAREA SERVEDLOCATIONTYPECFMESP(IN.H O)FAN SIZE(IN.)FAN RPMHPWATTSVOLTELECTRICALCYCLEPH.OPER.WEIGHT(LBS.) 2dBASONES-- PROVIDE FAN ALL COMPONENTS WITH PHENOLIC EPOXY POWDER COATING.PROVIDE WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH.PROVIDE WITH GRAVITY OPERATED BACKDRAFT DAMPER.1EF1EF2GREENHECKPLASTIC 25-4CCW 360CHLORINESTORAGE #112IN-LINE4000.5-1,800- 1/41/4115160--10012345678 12345678 23PROVIDE MOTOR WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD PREVENTION.PROVIDE WITH GALVANIZED BIRDSCREEN.PROVIDE FAN WITH PERMACOR COATING.456PROVIDE WITH NEOPRENE HANGERS ISOLATION KIT.FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOSLY 24/7.78 BSQ-80 50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
A
1 (E) WOMENSTOILET101(E) STORAGE103(E) POOLEQUIPMENT104(E) MENS LOCKERROOM105REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST GRILLE ANDASSOCIATED DUCTWORK AND REBALANCESSYSTEMS SERVING (E) POOL EQUIPMENT ROOM.
EXISTING LOUVERED DOORS TO BE REPLACED PERARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS REQUIREMENTS.MINIMUM FREE AREA = 2 SF.REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST FAN AND ALLASSOCIATED DUCTWORK AND GRILLESASSOCIATED WITH THIS FAN SERVING STORAGEROOM.
DN A
12 (E) WOMENSTOILET101(E) STORAGE103(E) POOLEQUIPMENT104(E) MENS LOCKERROOM105 CHLORINESTORAGE112B
PROVIDE DEDICATED VENTILATION SYSTEM INCLUDING EXHAUST FANS, SUPPORTS, VIBRATIONISOLATION, DISCONNECT, DUCTWORK, ROOFCAP AND INTAKE GRILLES FOR BOTH CHEMICALSTORAGE ROOM AND STORAGE ROOM. THE VENTILATION SYSTEMS SHALL RUN 24/7 AND SHALLEXHAUST DIRECTLY TO THE OUTDOORS AT A MINIMUM OF 10' FROM ANY AIR INTAKES. SYSTEMS MAYNOT BE COMBINED. EXTEND THE CHEMICAL EXHAUST AIR INTAKE TO WITHING 6" OF THE FINISHEDFLOOR TO REMOVE FUMES THAT ARE HEAVIER THEN AIR. THE ROOMS VENTILATION SYSTEMS SHALLBE CONSTRUCTED OF NON-CORROSIVE MATERIALS (PVC OR FRP DUCTWORK AND COMPONENTS)MINIMUM FLOW RATE SHALL BE 4 CFM PER SF OR 500 CFM, WHICH EVER IS GREATER.
DOOR LOUVERS SHALL BE PROVIDED HIGH IN DOOR AT A MINIMUM OF 2 SF FREE AREA EA.LOUVERS AND DOOR HARDWARE MATERIAL TO BE OF CORROSIVE RESISTANTCONSTRUCTION. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS.FENCE GATE.DOOR LOUVERS SHALL BE PROVIDED HIGH IN DOOR AT A MINIMUM OF 2 SF FREE AREA EA.LOUVERS AND DOOR HARDWARE MATERIAL TO BE OF CORROSIVE RESISTANTCONSTRUCTION. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. 12" PVC OR DUCT TO 6"AFF WITH INTAKE GRILLE.FLEX CONNECTION AT FAN.FAN MOUNTED ON WALLSUPPORTS AT 7'AFF1EF FAN DISCONNECT SWITCHPVC DUCT THRU ROOFWITH ROOF CAP12" PVC OR FRP DUCT TO 6"AFF WITH INTAKE GRILLE.FLEX CONNECTION AT FAN.
FAN MOUNTED ON WALLSUPPORTS AT 7'AFF2EFPVC DUCT THRU ROOFWITH ROOF CAP FOR FAN SUPPORT DETAIL, SEE DETAIL 1, SHEET M3.01 (TYP).FOR DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL, SEE DETAIL 2, SHEET M3.01 (TYP).
FOR DUCT DROP DETAIL,SEE DETAIL 4, SHEETM3.01 (TYP).
FAN DISCONNECT SWITCH(E)4' WIDE TANK
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 BUILDING DEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
FIRST FLOOR PLANMECHANICALM101 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"M1012FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"M1011DEMO FIRST FLOOR PLAN
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
A
12 3.5:123.5:123.5:12B
12"Ø FRP DUCT THRU ROOF WITHCORROSION RESISTANT DISCHARGE. 12"Ø FRP DUCT THRU ROOF WITHCORROSION RESISTANT DISCHARGE.FOR DETAIL OF DISCHARGE, SEE 3, M3.01 (TYP)FOR DETAIL OF DISCHARGE, SEE 3, M3.01 (TYP) Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 BUILDING DEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
ROOF PLANMECHANICALM201
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"P2021ROOF PLAN
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 BUILDING DEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
MECHANICALDETAILSM301
FLEX CONNECTIONINLET DUCT (SIZEPER PLAN)
ATTACH TO STRUCTURETHREADED ENDS STEELHANGER RODS (TYP) MOUNTING FRAMENOTE:ALL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS TO BE COATED TORESIST CORROSION FROM CHEMICALS IN ROOM.
FANSEISMICISOLATORS
NO SCALEM3.01 CABINET EXHAUST FAN DETAIL1
FLEX DUCT
DISCHARGE DUCT (SIZE PER PLAN)INTEGRAL BACKDRAFT DAMPER NEOPRENE ISOLATORS (TYPICAL)EXTEND DUCT COLLAR FOR ADDITIONAL 2" WOODENMEMBER (TYP)16 GA. STRAP (TYP)1"MIN.NOTE:DUCT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE TO THESMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDSALL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS TO BE COATED TO RESISTCORROSION FROM CHEMICALS IN ROOM.
INSTALL DUCT ASHIGH AS POSSIBLE
ROOF DECKEXPANSION ANCHOR (TYP)3/8" THREADED RODS (TYP)BAND ONE HALF-ROUNDMAY BE USED IF DUCTSHAPE IS MAINTAINED NO SCALEM3.01 DUCT SUPPORT DETAIL - WOODEN STRUCTURE2
SCREENBOLTSNON METALLIC SCREENFRAME
NON METALLIC1/2"SCREEN135°MIN.DUCT SIZE+25%CURB & FLASHINGR=W/2
DUCTROOF
ANGLE IRONREINFORCINGWHERE REQUIREDSTANDARD DUCTMADE WATER TIGHTSTIFFENERS MAYBE INSIDE NO SCALEM3.01 ROOF CAP DETAIL3 FRP DUCT
INTERNALLY COATED
MAIN DUCTVOLUME DAMPERS WITHLOCK QUADRANTSTRAPFRP DUCT DROPFLOOR6" MIN45°WALLNON METALLICMETAL WIRE MESH NO SCALEM3.01 DUCT DROP DETAIL4 NOTE:ALL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS TO BE COATED TORESIST CORROSION FROM CHEMICALS IN ROOM.
SUPPORT FROM WALL AND/OR ROOF.
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 BUILDING DEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
MECHANICAL SHEETSPECSM401
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all mechanical work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Mechanical & Plumbing, Complete -In-Place” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 BUILDING DEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
MECHANICAL SHEETSPECSM402
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all mechanical work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Mechanical & Plumbing, Complete -In-Place” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 BUILDING DEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES1.CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY REVIEW THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO BID.CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO REVIEW PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF OTHER RELATED TRADES(INCLUDING ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, STRUCTURAL, CIVIL AND ELECTRICAL) PRIOR TO BID TOINSURE AN ACCURATE UNDERSTANDING OF EXACT SCOPE OF WORK.2.EQUIPMENT INDICATED ON THESE DRAWINGS IS SHOWN IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. THECONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS INCLUDING EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS,STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, POC'S, INVERT ELEVATIONS AND AVAILABILITY OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES PRIORTO INSTALLATION. NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION COORDINATOR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTSPRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. DO NOT PROCEED WITHOUT CONSTRUCTION COORDINATORAPPROVAL FOR ANY CHANGES IF REQUIRED.3.PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE PERMANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL SYSTEM.4.WORK SHALL CONFORM TO CODE. IN CASE OF CONFLICTS WITH CODE, DRAWINGS, OR SPECIFICATIONS,THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL PREVAIL.5.PLUMBING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICALEQUIPMENT AND STRUCTURAL FRAMING. COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES, STRUCTURALCONDITIONS AND BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, PRIOR TO START OF INSTALLATION.6.EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THEARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.7.PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN THE BUILDING STRUCTURE TO AS GREAT EXTENT ASPOSSIBLE.8.PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE SEISMICALLY BRACED PER CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE.9.SOIL, SEWER, WASTE PIPING SHALL SLOPE AT 1/4" PER FOOT MINIMUM UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE.10.VALVES SHALL BE READILY ACCESSIBLE. WHERE VALVES ARE INSTALLED WITHIN OR BEHIND WALLS, ANACCESS PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED.11.OUTLETS FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PERMIT EASY CONNECTION. COORDINATEWITH DUCTWORK, STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS AND ARCHITECTURAL LAYOUT.12.BUILDING DRAIN AND VENT PIPING MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 701.0 AND 903.0 OF THECALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE.13.ALL SANITARY SYSTEM MATERIALS SHALL BE LISTED BY AN APPROVED LISTING AGENCY.14.PROVIDE VACUUM BREAKERS AT ALL HOSE BIBBS.15.INSULATING MATERIALS INSTALLED SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY CALIFORNIA ENERGY COMMISSION TO MEETC.E.C. ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS (E.E.S) SECTION 110.3.16.PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY AND COMPLY WITH THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ENERGYCONSERVATION STANDARDS (E.E.S.) SECTION 110.3. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES SHALL BE PROVIDEDWITH EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS.17.DO NOT ROUTE PIPING OVER ELECTRICAL ROOMS, MDF ROOMS, IDF ROOMS, COMPUTER ROOMS,ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT ROOMS, OR STAIRWELLS. EXCEPTION: PIPES REQUIRED TO SERVE THE ROOM.18.FLOOR DRAINS OR SIMILAR TRAPS DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM AND SUBJECT TOINFREQUENT USE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC MEANS OF MAINTAINING THEIRWATER SEALS.
WATER CALCULATIONSEXISTING WATER METER:EXISTING FIXTURE UNITS150 . EXISTING FLOW80 GPM.FLUSHOMETER ()TANK TYPE (X)FIXTURES PREDOMINANTLY USED.SOFT WATER CONNECTION WILL ( )WILL NOT (X)BE USED.NUMBER OF BUILDING STORIES:2 ANTICIPATED METER SIZE 2 NORMAL MINIMUM PRESSURE AT MAIN130 PSI REGULATED PRESSURE 6565 PSI ANTICIPATED METER (REGULATOR) TO HIGH OUTLET 15FT. x 0.43 =6.5PSI RESIDUAL PRESSURE REQUIRED25 PSIPRESSURE AVAILABLE FOR DROP (DESIGN PRESSURE)33.5 PSI MAXIMUM DEVELOPED LENGTH OF WATER SYSTEM 120FT. ALLOWABLE MAXIMUM FRICTION LOSS PER 100 FT. OF PIPE18.6 PSI CW PIPE SIZING SCHEDULESIZEGPMFT/SECFIXTURE UNITSFLUSH TANKFLUSH VALVE1/2"3/4"1"1 1/4"1 1/2"2"
3.840 11140 19280 305313 419030 71240116
5.77.588(IN BTUH PERSQ.FTPER °F)NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER (INCHES)INSULATIONMEAN RATINGTEMP. (°F)1 AND LARGER<1INSULATION THICKNESS REQUIRED (INCHES)HOT WATER SYSTEMS AND SERVICE WATER HEATING SYSTEMS (RECIRCULATING SECTIONS, ALL PIPING INELECTRIC TRACE TAPE SYSTEMS, AND THE FIRST 8 FEET OF PIPING FROM THE STORAGE TANK FOR NON -RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS105-1400.22-0.281001.51.0 PIPE INSULATION THICKNESSPER (2019 TITLE-24)
EXCEPTION 5 TO SECTION 120.3: PIPING THAT PENETRATES FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TOHAVE PIPE INSULATION FOR THE DISTANCE OF THE FRAMING PENETRATION. METAL PIPING THATPENETRATES METAL FRAMING SHALL USE GROMMETS, PLUGS, WRAPPING OR OTHER INSULATING MATERIALTO ASSURE THAT NO CONTACT IS MADE WITH THE METAL FRAMING.HOT WATER PIPE SIZING SCHEDULESIZEGPMFIXTURE UNITSHOT WATER RETURN (2 FPS MAX.)1/2"3/4"1"1 1/4"1 1/2"2"
3.53 78 1216192827464293
HOT WATER (5 FPS MAX.)VEL. (FPS)5FLUSH TANKSIZEGPMN/A3/4"1"1 1/4"1 1/2"2"3581119 VEL. (FPS)2N/AN/A2222
FIXTURE UNIT SUMMARYFIXTUREQUANTITYCOLD WATERFUTFUDFUTDFUSANITARYHOSE BIBBEMERGENCY EYE WASH122.5-2.52.5------ TOTAL SUMMARY = FLUID TEMP.RANGE (°F)
COMPLIANCE WITH CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING SECTION 403.0THROUGH 403.3, SHALL BE PROVIDED. IN ADDITION, BUILDINGS OR FACILITIES WHERE ACCESSIBILITY ISREQUIRED FOR APPLICATIONS LISTED IN CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 24, PART 2 (CALIFORNIABUILDING CODE), CHAPTER 1. SECTION 1.9.1 REGULATED BY THE DIVISION OF THE STATEARCHITECT-ACCESS COMPLIANCE SHALL COMPLY WITH TITLE 24, SECTION 4450 AND IN REFERENCE CITEDBY CA GOVERNMENT CODE.COMPLIANCE WITH UNITED STATED ACCESS BOARD ADA STANDARDS, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWINGSECTIONS:309.4 OPERATION. OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHTGRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE OPERABLE PARTSSHALL BE 5 POUNDS MAXIMUM.
ADA NOTES
NOTE: LEGEND AND ABBREVIATION LISTED ARE FORGENERAL USE; NOT ALL LISTED ARE NECESSARILYUSED ON DRAWINGS.SYMBOLABBREVIATIONDESCRIPTION
ABOVE CEILINGAMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACTABOVE FINISHED FLOORBELOW GRADEBELOW FLOORBELOW FINISHED FLOORBUILDINGBRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOURCALIFORNIA BUILDING CODECUBIC FEET PER HOURCUBIC FEET PER MINUTECLEANOUTSCALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODEDRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITSDRAWINGSEXISTINGENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDSFLOOR CLEANOUTFEETFEET/SECONDFIXTURE UNITGAUGEGALLONS PER CYCLEGALLONS PER DAYGALLONS PER FLUSHGALLONS PER HOURGALLONS PER MINUTEHORSE POWERHEATING, VENTILATING, & AIR CONDITIONINGINVERT ELEVATIONINCH/INCHESPOUNDSMAXIMUMMECHANICALMANUFACTURER'SMINIMUMPRESSURIZED DISCHARGE (PUMPED)PLUMBINGQUANTITYSQUARE FEETSTATIC PRESSURETONNAGE OF AIR CONDITIONINGTOTAL DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITSTOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTHTOTAL FIXTURE UNITSTYPICALUNIFORM PLUMBING CODEVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEVERIFY IN FIELDVENT THRU ROOFVOLTS/PHASE/HERTZWALL CLEAN-OUTUNDERWRITERS LABORATORYWATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS A/CADAAFFB/GB/FBFFBLDGBTUHCBCCFHCFMCOCPCDFUDWGS(E)E.E.S.FCOFTFPSFUGAGPCGPDGPFGPHGPMHPHVACIEINLBSMAXMECHMFR'SMINPDPLBGQTYSFSPTTDFUTDLTFUTYPUPCVFDVIFVTRV/PH/HZWCOULWSFU
POC S SVCWHWTPRPBPSOVCVPRVCOGFCOWCOCLDNUPWHBHBUWHAFSFD POINT OF CONNECTIONSEWER PIPING UNDERGROUND / BELOW FLOORSEWER PIPING ABOVE GROUNDSANITARY VENT PIPINGCOLD WATER PIPINGHOT WATER PIPING (120°)TRAP PRIMER LINESHUT OFF VALVE (BALL VALVE)CHECK VALVEPRESSURE REDUCING VALVECLEAN-OUT TO GRADEFLOOR CLEAN-OUTWALL CLEAN-OUTCAPPED LINEDOWN OR DROPRISE OR RISERWALL HOSE BIBBHOSE BIBBUNION (DIELECTRIC)WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR (P.D.I. SIZE)FLOOR SINKFLOOR DRAIN
CIRCUIT SETTER/BALANCING VALVEBACKFLOW PREVENTERTPBALMVTHERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE
TYPE/MARKEQUIPMENT NUMBEREQUIPMENT TAG
PLUMBING LEGEND
PLUMBING GENERALNOTES , LEGENDS &SCHEDULESP001
FITTINGS FOR CHANGES IN DIRECTIONWYEWYE WITH1/8 BENDCOMB. 1/8BENDSANIT.TEESANIT.TAPPEDTEELONGSWEEPSHORTSWEEP1/8 BEND1/6 BENDTYPE OF FITTINGCHANGES INDIRECTION OFFLOWHORIZONTALTO VERTICALVERTICAL TOHORIZONTALHORIZONTALTO HORIZONTAL*BASED ON 2018 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE ILLUSTRATED TRAINING MANUAL, FIGURE 706.1PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULESOIL, WASTE, VENT, ABOVE AND BELOW GRADE TO 5'-0'' OUTSIDE BUILDING:CAST IRON, HUBLESS WITH STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS, FOR BELOW GRADE SCHEDULE 40 PVC DWV (SOLID CORE) WITH PVC FITTINGS.WATER PIPING ABOVE GRADE:SCHEDULE 80 CPVC.ALL PIPING TO BE LABELED PER ANSI/ASME A13.1 STANDARD COLOR AND LETTER REQUIREMENTS.ALL PIPING SHALL HAVE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SPACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CPC TABLE 313.3 ANDHANGERS RODS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CPC 313.6.
SYMBOLDESCRIPTIONPIPE SIZES (INCHES)CWHWWVTRAPREMARKSHB-1EEY-1HOSE BIBBEMERGENCYEYEWASH / SHOWER3/42----FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULEMANUFACTURER ANDMODEL NUMBERACORN 8151GUARDIAN G1992ACORN HOSE & SUPPLY BOX 8151 LOCKING STAINLESS STEEL RECESSED HOSE BOX WITH WALL FLANGE.------------ 112435318 160395623 2551,3901,3906555,1385,1381,29011,1902 1/2"3"4"6"8" 888888811,190
2 1/2"3"4"6"8"--- --- --- --- --- 2344507532,9105,85570115170420730 5555555555
ALL PVC SAFETY STATION AND EYEWASH.ROD STIFFENER(TYPICAL)1 (MIN.)1
ALL THREADEDROD (TYPICAL)
CHANNEL TRANSVERSEBRACES - TYPICAL WHEREREQUIRED BY CODE(9'-4" MAX. LENGTH)BOLT SLEEVECLEVIS HANGERADJUSTABLE STEELYOKE PIPE ROLL 1" (MIN.)1"ADJUSTABLEHINGE (TYPICAL)ROLLER TYPEPIPE HANGER(FOR PIPING UNDEREXPANSION / CONTRACTION)STANDARD TYPEPIPE HANGERNOTE:1.REFER TO CPC 2019, TABLE 313.3 FOR STANDARDAND SEISMIC HANGER SPACING INFORMATION ANDREQUIREMENTS.2.REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR HANGERATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURE (TYP).NO SCALEP001 PIPE HANGER DETAIL1 50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
A
1 (E) WOMENSTOILET101(E) STORAGE103(E) POOLEQUIPMENT104(E) MENS LOCKERROOM105(E) 2"CW(E) 1"HWEXISTING EYEWASH TO REMAIN. ASSOCIATED COLDWATER PIPING TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITHSCHEDULES 80 CPVC PIPING PER REMODELDRAWINGS BELOW.EXISTING FLOOR CLEAN OUT TO REMAIN.EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN TO REMAIN.
DN A(E) WOMENSTOILET101(E) STORAGE103(E) POOLEQUIPMENT104(E) MENS LOCKERROOM105 CHLORINESTORAGE112B
(E) 2"CW(E) 1"HWINSULATE AND VAPOR SEAL EXISTING PIPING INSTORAGE ROOM.2"SOVEXISTING EYEWASH TO REMAIN. CONNECT TONEW CW LINE OVERHEAD SCHEDULE 80 CPVC PIPING.2"CW3/4"CWEEY-1
POC OF NEW 2"CWTO EXISTING 2"CW
HB-12"CW
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 BUILDING DEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
FIRST FLOOR PLANPLUMBINGP101 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"P1012FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"P1011DEMO FIRST FLOOR PLAN
1.FOR PIPING SUPPORT HANGER, SEE DETAIL 1/P001.GENERAL NOTES:
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 BUILDING DEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
PLUMBING SHEETSPECSP201
PART 1 - GENERAL1.1SUMMARY:A.The "Mechanical General Provisions," Section 15050 is a part of this section and applies as fully as if repeated herein.B.The work under this section includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing the plumbing work, except as hereinafter specifically excluded. All work shall include up to 5 feet outside of the building unless noted otherwise on the drawings.C.Work included shall be as indicated on the drawings, including but not limited to the following:1.Domestic Water System.2.Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment.3.Sterilization and Tests.4.Fixture Connections.D.Work not included:1.Cutting and blocking of structure for fixtures and piping.2.Forming and pouring of concrete for housekeeping pads.1.1GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:A.Reference to Other Sections: The applicable requirements from the following specification sections shall form a part of the plumbing work and the Contractor shall consult them in detail for general and specific requirements:Section15050Mechanical General Provisions. 15800Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning.1.2ENERGY CONSERVATION:A.Based on the latest edition of the California Energy Commission (CEC), the work will comply as follows:1.The plumbing system equipment and fixtures shall meet the fuel type, input, volume, and quantity that are identical to the proposed design. The standard design shall assume recovery efficiency or thermal efficiency and standby loss as specified in Sections 111 or 113 of the Building Energy Efficiency Standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1INSULATION:A.Domestic hot water piping, hot water return piping, and 8 feet of cold water pipe at the water heating equipment shall be Johns-Manville, Certain-Teed, Owens Corning, or equal fiberglass with pressure sensitive closure system jacket. The conductivity range of the insulation shall be 0.24-0.28 BTU-IN/HR-SF-0F with a mean temperature rating of 1000F. See table below for thickness of insulation:B.The insulation shall be applied over clean, dry pipe with all joints butted firmly together. The factory-attached tape shall be pasted smoothly over the insulation.C.Fittings shall be insulated with Manville Products #301 cement to a thickness equal to the adjoining pipe insulation and finished with 4-oz. canvas pasted on or finished with "Zeston" premolded PVC insulated fittings.D.Where piping is exposed to view, factory-applied 6-oz. canvas jacket or PVC jacketing shall be installed.E.Water supply and drain piping below accessible lavatories and sinks, unless the installation configuration protects the user against contact, shall be insulated with Handy Shield safety covers by Plumberex Specialty Products, Truebro Lav-Guard, Zurn, or equal.2.2FITTINGS AND PIPING:A.Domestic Water Piping:1.Above Grade: Lead free Type L copper tubing hard drawn. Pipe manufacturers shall be Mueller Industries, Cambridge-Lee Industries, Cerro Flow Products, or equal.a.Lead free wrought copper solder sweat fittings and lead-free solder. Fittingmanufacturers shall be Elkhart Products Corporation, Mueller Industries,Nibco, or equal. B. Domestic Water Piping from 5 Feet Outside Building:1.1½" and Smaller: Schedule 80 PVC Type I conforming to ASTM D1785 with Schedule 80, Type I, solvent welded fittings.2.2" and Larger: Class 200 PVC, SDR-12, rubber ring, bell end pipe, and pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM D2241.3.Thrust blocks shall be provided at all offsets, tees, and valves. Thrust block sizing as recommended by the latest code being enforced.2.3PIPING SPECIALTIES:A.Unions: In copper tubing 3" and smaller, Lead free Nibco 733-LF, Elkhart ProductsCorporation, or equal.B.Flanges in copper tubing 4" and larger, Lead free, Nibco, or equal.C.Isolation Unions: Wilkins lead free DUxLC, Watts, Zurn, or equal for sizes 3" and smaller.D.Water hammer arresters in accordance with PDI-WH-201 standards, JR Smith 5000 series,Precision Plumbing Products, Zurn, or equal. Install with access panel.E.Fixture Supplies: Flexible stainless steel braided, compression fittings, BrassCraft, T&S Brass,Sioux Chief, or equal.F.Buried Utility Warning Tape: 6" wide plastic labeled buried utility warning tape, Seton, Brady,Harris Industries, or equal. Tape shall be labeled with the appropriate service. Provide aboveall buried piping 5' - 0" outside of the building.G.Strainers 3" and Smaller: Lead free 250 lb., W.W.P., cast bronze, screwed, "Y" Pattern,20mesh, S.S. screen; Wilkins SXL100 Series, Watts, Armstrong or equal.H.Strainers 2-½" and Larger: Wilkins, Watts, Armstrong, or equal, lead free 150 lb., cast bronze,flanged, "Y" pattern, S.S. screen. Install plugged gate valve of same size as strainer plug.I.Escutcheons: 1" wide chrome or nickel-plated rust resistant.J.Pipe labels and valve tags shall be manufactured by W.H. Brady, Seton, Emedco or equal.2.4VALVES:A.Water:1.Ball Valves: Bronze 2 Piece, full port, lead free ANSI/NSF 372 certified sizes ½"through 2" Nibco T-585-80 LF/S-585-80LF, Apollo #77CLF, Milwaukee ValveUPBA400 (FNPT)/UPBA450 (sweat), or equal, full port, bronze lead free, or legend#T/S 901.2.Check Valves:a.Silent check, 2-½" and smaller: Lead free ANSI/NSF 372 certified class 125,bronze, Y-Pattern, horizontal swing, renewable disc, threaded or solder; NibcoT/S-413-Y-LF series, Milwaukee Valve UP509 (FNPT)/UP1509 (Sweat)(Bronze Disc), Apollo, or equal.b.Swing, 3": Lead free ANSI/NSF 372 certified class 125, iron body, Teflon orbronze disc and seat ring Nibco T-433-B-LF/S-433-B-LF, Milwaukee Valve1400 Series (Stainless Steel Disc/Spring for Lead Free Requirements)(Available 2'' though 10'') or equal. 3. Balancing Valves: Lead free bronze body/brass ball construction with glass andcarbon filled TFE seat rings. Valves to have differential pressure read-out portsacross valve seat area. Read-out ports shall be fitted with internal EPT inserts andcheck valves. Valve bodies to have ¼" NPT tapped drain/purge port. Valves tohave memory stop feature to allow valve to be closed for service and then reopenedto setpoint without disturbing balance position. All valves to have calibratednameplates to assure specific valve settings. All valves shall be provided withmolded insulation to permit access for balance and readout. ITT Bell and GossettCB series, TACO, Watts, or equal.
RunoutsLess than 1"1" and larger1"1"1"
4. Stops: Lead free angle or straight valve loose key with escutcheon at wallpenetration. Stop and escutcheon shall be chrome plated T&S Brass, Nibco,BrassCraft, or equal.5. Thermostatic Mixing Valve: Lead free under counter mixing valve for lavatoryfaucets, thermostatic tempering, one valve to serve one to four faucets equal toSymmons.6.Master Tempering Valve and Automatic Balancing Valve System: Mastertempering valve shall be constructed of solid brass with triple duty check stops andbalancing poppet design, minimum flow rate of 0.5 gpm, adjustment range of 400F to 1600F, and feature minimum flow control to ASSE 1017. Automatic balancingvalve assembly with temperature/pressure gauges, flow meter, volume control, andin-line check valves, Leonard, Powers, Symmons, or equal.B. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer (RPBFP): Lead free 175 PSI at 1400F, bronze body,celcon check seats, stainless steel relief valve seats, bronze body ball valve test cocks,nonrising stem gate valves (threaded for ¾" through 2" and flanged for 2-½" through 10"), airgap drain fitting (route drain to receptor); Wilkins #975XL2 2" and smaller; #375XL 2½" andlarger, Watts, Apollo, or equal.C. Thermometers, gauges, temperature sensing devices and aquastat shall be equal toHoneywell, Weiss, Trerice, or equal.2.5CLEANOUTS:A.Cleanouts shall be manufactured by Zurn, J.R. Smith, Josam, or equal.B.Floor Cleanouts: Zurn ZN 1400-K-HD, J.R. Smith Fig. 4104-F-NB, Josam, or equal, with satinnickel bronze non-skid adjustable round top, flashing device. For carpeted areas install carpetmarkers-C.2.6HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESS PANELS:A.Hangers and supports shall comply with the currently adopted edition of the CaliforniaPlumbing Code and the IAPMO installation standards. Provide seismic support per theCalifornia Building Code.B.Hangers and Supports:1.Split Ring or Loop Hangers with Swivel Adjuster, Solid Rods and Rod Sockets: B-ine, Unistrut, Tolco, or equal.2.Concrete Inserts: B-line, Unistrut, Tolco, or equal. Power driven anchors are not acceptable.3.Trapeze Hangers: B-line, Unistrut, Tolco, or equal channel with pipe clamps and guides as required (include type to be used in submittal).4.Riser Clamps: B-line, Unistrut, Tolco, or equal.5.Offset Pipe Clamps: B-line, Unistrut, Tolco, or equal.6.Hot and Cold Water Pipe Isolation: 1-inch hair felt, Stoneman Trisolators, B-LineIsolators, HoldRite, or equal.7.Provide and install galvanized pipe saddle at hangers under pipe inserts forinsulated piping.8.Floor or Roof Supports: Erico, Dura-Blok, Mifab, or equal.C. Access Panel for Valves and Water Hammer Arresters: Milcor, Elmdor, Karp, or equalpainted steel, size as required for easy access, fire rated as required to match fire rating ofwall assembly. Minimum size shall be 12" x 12".D. Secondary Pipe Positioning & Supports: Makeshift, field devised methods of plumbing pipesupport, such as with the use of scrap framing materials, are not allowed. Support andpositioning of piping shall be by means of engineered methods that comply with IAPMO PS42-96. These shall be Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE support systems or Owner-approvedequivalent.E.Plenum Installations: Use pipe supports and hangers that meet ASTM E-84 25/50 standards,such as the Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE Flame Fighter™ or Owner-approved equivalent.F.For vertical mid-span supports of piping 4" and under, use Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITEStout Brackets™ with Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE Stout Clamps or two-hole pipe clamps(MSS Type 26), by B-Line, Tolco, or equal.G.Support of piping, tubing, and equipment shall be accomplished by means of engineeredproducts, specific to each application. Makeshift, field devised methods shall not be allowed.2.7PLUMBING EQUIPMENT:A.The equipment described in Part 2 of this Section shall be furnished and installed completeunder this section of the specifications. See "Equipment Schedule" on drawings for size,capacity, and electrical characteristics.2.8PLUMBING FIXTURES:A.General Requirements:1.All fixtures shall comply with State of California Energy Commission requirement formaximum flow. Submit manufacturer's certification of compliance.2.Unless otherwise noted, all vitreous china or enameled cast-iron fixtures shall bewhite. Unless noted otherwise, all toilet seats shall be open front, white and lesscover.3.Furnish and install fixtures as specified on the plumbing fixture connectionschedule.B.P-Traps: BrassCraft, Zurn, Oatey, or equal, chrome plated drawn brass with 17 gauge tubingdrain to wall. Trap arms under lavatories and escutcheon at wall shall also be chrome plated.C.Job Conditions:1.Check millworks shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openingsbefore rough-in and installation.2.Supplies shall be with stops and flexible riser.3.Traps above floor shall be tubular brass "P" traps with bronze nuts unless otherwiseindicated.2.9PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SCHEDULE:A.See Water Heater Schedule on plumbing schedule sheets.2.10PLUMBING FIXTURE SPECIFICATION SCHEDULE:A.See Fixture Connection Schedule on plumbing schedule sheets.2.11PIPE WRAPPING:A.Steel Piping in Concrete or Underground:1.Wrap with approved tape products.2.Wrap joints and fittings in the field with "Polyken" tape and primer.2.12SLEEVES:A.General:1.Where pipes pass through concrete, masonry, or stud walls, or pass throughceilings, provide rust-proof sleeves of the size required.2.Provide UL-listed fire rated sealant (specialty products, or equal) at all penetrationsof fire-rated assemblies and between buildings along property line.2.13PIPE PENETRATION CURB:A.Provide pipe penetration curbs for all piping extending through roofing/weather proofingmembranes.2.14OTHER PRODUCTS:1.Provide all other products necessary for complete installation. Such products shall besubject tothe review of the Architect.
2.15FIRE STOP PROTECTION:A.Provide slab, wall and roof penetrations with fire stop in accordance with chapter 15 of thelatest CPC.B.System shall be installed as tested in accordance with ASTM E119, ASTM E 814, UL 263 orUL 1479.C.Fire stop shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than one (1) hour and shall match therating of the slab, wall or roof assembly.D.System shall be equal to HoldRite Hybrid Flame Sleeving System, Pro-Set Pipe/Sleevesystem, Hilti, or equal.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1INSULATION INSTALLATION:A.Install insulation after piping has been installed, tested, and accepted and after pipes are in aclean, dry condition. All joints in insulation shall be butted firmly together and sealed withjacket lap strip.B.Apply insulation to all fittings and valve bodies. Flanges and unions shall not be covered.C.Where the insulation supports the weight of the pipe, install a 12" insert of rigid galvanizedsteel, at each pipe clamp or hanger, an insert of rigid "Kaylo" 12" long, shall be installedbetween pipe and hanger. High density fiberglass inserts shall be installed with galvanizedsaddles.3.2PIPE INSTALLATION:A.Cast iron piping shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 4 of the CISPI "Cast Iron SoilPipe and Fittings Handbook," latest edition, and the current edition of IAPMO InstallationStandard IS-6.B.Copper tubing shall be installed in accordance with the latest edition of the CopperDevelopment Association "Copper Tube Handbook." Joints in copper tubing shall be made byfirst thoroughly cleaning the surface of the pipe and fittings, applying a copperized flux andsweating with lead free solder for all water piping and condensate piping above grade andbelow gradeC.Fluxes shall comply with ASTM B813 and shall be compatible with the lead-free solder used.Fluxes labeled as "self-cleaning" shall not be used.D.All pipe shall be carefully cleaned before installation. The ends of threaded steel pipe shall bereamed out full size with a long tapered reamer so as to be partially bell-mouthed andperfectly smooth. Openings in pipes, drains, fitting apparatus and equipment shall be keptcovered or plugged to prevent foreign substance from entering.E.Flush out all water mains, sanitary and condensate drains with water so as to obtain free flow.Remove all obstructions and defects discovered. Remove and replace items already installedand found to be defective or which has had grade or joints disturbed at no additional cost.F.Run piping free of traps, sags, or bends. Grade and valve for complete drainage and controlof the system.G.All piping shall be installed to maintain headroom and keep passageways and openings clear.Install piping parallel and straight with adjacent walls or ceilings to present a uniformappearance. All piping, except where noted otherwise on plans, shall be concealed in walls orabove ceilings. Route piping to avoid electrical rooms. Do not route waste piping abovekitchen areas. Do not route plastic pipe in return air plenums unless the pipe is plenum-ratedwith a flame spread index of 25 or less and a smoke developed index of 50 or less.H.ABS and PVC DWV piping shall be installed in accordance with the current editions of IAPMOInstallation Standards 5 and 9 and chapter 14 of the California Plumbing Code, "FirestopProtection."I.Bending or forcing of pipe will not be allowed. Use fittings for all offsets or changes inalignment of piping.J.Proper provision shall be made for expansion and contraction by means of fittings andanchors and supports of all piping as described in the current editions of IAPMO InstallationStandards 5 and 9.K.Proper provisions shall be made for seismic joints by means of seismic expansion joint fittingscapable of movement in all directions in accordance with Structural seismic movementrequirements.L.Bushings and long screw fittings will not be allowed.M.Install water hammer arresters on water piping to all flush valves, foot pedal valves, dish andclothes washers and quick closing valves per PDI-WH 201 standards. The completed systemshall be free of water hammer noise.N.Unions shall be installed after each screw-type valve, connections for all equipment,appliances, and as required for erection and maintenance. No unions shall be installed inconcealed locations. Unions are not required on installations using grooved joint couplings.Install isolation unions or waterway fittings on all connections between dissimilar metals and atconnections to all water heating equipment and storage tanks.O.Provide grounding and bonding of metallic gas piping per the National Gas Code and theNational Electric Code. Use mechanical or welded clamps and copper wire. Coordinategrounding with other grounding elements provided by the electrical contractor.P.No holes for pipe or equipment will be allowed in any structural members without writtenconsent of the Architect. Where pipes are to pass through or interfere with any member, orwhere notching, boring or cutting of the structure is necessary, the work shall be done by theGeneral Contractor as directed. Isolate pipe from coming in direct contact with the structure.Q.Unless otherwise specified herein, all equipment and fixtures shall be installed in accordancewith the manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations.R.Any minor changes in work, which have not been installed, shall be made by the Contractorwithout additional compensation, except changes which are caused by architectural revisionsresulting in an increase or decrease of the size or quantity of the materials specified orindicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall submit an estimate of the cost of or credit forsuch changes which are not judged to be of a minor nature and shall proceed only upon thewritten authorization of the Architect.S.All piping shall be isolated from other piping, studs, ducts, any part of the building, framing,hangers, conduit, etc., with 1" strips of hair felt or pipe isolators.T.For condensate piping, provide minimum 3" deep seal trap and plugged cleanout tee at theequipment connection. Slope piping at ⅛ " per foot minimum.U.For buried piping, backfill with sand 6" all around, tamp and backfill to grade as specified inSection 15050, "Excavation and Backfill."V.Provide heating cable to maintain the temperature of liquids as follows:1.Maintain 400 Fahrenheit in cold water piping exposed to freezing.2.Maintain 1200 Fahrenheit in hot water piping to remote fixtures when piping exceeds10 feet in length.W. Provide and install polished chromium plate split ring escutcheons for pipes exposed in thebuilding.3.3PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORTS:A.Installation shall comply with the currently accepted edition of the California Plumbing Code.B.Piping shall be firmly held in place by adjustable split ring malleable iron hangers, supportsand pipe rests, located adjacent to fitting at each offset or change of direction, at the ends ofbranches over 5' long, at base of riser pipes and along piping where necessary to preventsags, bends, or vibration. All hangers and supports shall be of design which will supportweight of pipe, fluid and insulation and prevent sagging.C.Pipe clamps shall be heavy gauge iron, factory fabricated to fit against supporting surfacewhen installed. Makeshift devices will not be acceptable. Plumbing tape is not allowed.D.Seismically brace all piping and equipment as specified in Section 15050 and per CaliforniaBuilding Code.E.Hangers supported by concrete structure shall be attached by cast-iron manufacturedconcrete inserts installed at the time concrete is poured and each insert shall be provided withthrough rods lapped over structural reinforcing. Power driven fasteners are not acceptable.F.Hangers supported by structural steel shapes shall be attached by cast-iron clamps designedfor use on the specific steel shape and equipped with retainers.G.All hangers shall be attached to halter rods by means of adjustable swivel, turnbuckle ordouble nut arrangement to allow height adjustment.
H.Vertical piping shall be suitably supported from the building structure where required by meansof malleable iron or steel pipe clamps of ample size, either bolted or welded to the pipe andsupported at the floor slab. Supports shall also act as anchors to allow for expansion andcontraction of the piping. Provide rubber isolators for clamps where required for elimination ofvibration and sound transmission to the structure. Vertical "no-hub" components shall besecured at each joint and at each floor.I.Miscellaneous Supports: Floor and wall brackets, etc., shall be provided where required inaccordance with the best standard practice of the trade. In the event additional structuralsteel is required to transmit loads to maintain structure, same shall be provided at noadditional cost to the Owner.J.Support of piping, tubing, and equipment shall be accomplished by means of engineeredproducts, specific to each application. Makeshift, field-devised methods shall not be allowed.K.Hangers for horizontal copper tubing and steel pipe shall be spaced in accordance with Table313.3 of the California Plumbing Code.L.ABS and PVC DWV hangers at 4' on center at the end of the branch changes in direction andper the current editions of the IAPMO Installation Standard 5 and 9.M.All hangers for water piping shall be sized for use over trisolator or 1-inch hair felt.3.4SLEEVES AND OPENINGS:A.Provide standard weight black steel pipe sleeves for each pipe passing through foundation,walls, partitions, roofs, and ceiling. Pipe sleeves shall be installed flush with wall or floor.1.Set pipe sleeves in place before concrete is poured.2.For uninsulated pipe, provide sleeves that are two pipe sizes larger than the pipepassing through the opening, or provide a minimum of ½" clearance between insideof the opening and outside of the pipe.3.For insulated pipe, provide sleeves of adequate size to accommodate the fullthickness of pipe covering with clearance for packing and caulking.B.Caulk the space between sleeve and pipe or pipe covering.C.Finish and Escutcheons:1.Smooth up rough edges around sleeves with plaster or spackling compound.2.Provide escutcheons on all pipes exposed to view where passing through walls,partitions, ceilings, and similar locations.a.Size the escutcheons to fit pipe and covering.b.Hold escutcheons in place with set screw, or set in full bed of sealant.c.Where directed by Architect, paint escutcheon to match adjacent finish color.D.Sleeve diameter for piping through a masonry wall above grade or through floors shall be #10gauge galvanized sheet steel and shall extend completely through the walls or floor finishingflush on both sides. The sleeve shall be 1" larger than the pipe with caulking to make theopening airtight.E.Sleeves through the fire walls or floors shall be packed with UL Listed fireproof wicking orother suitable noncombustible material to maintain the fire rating of the wall or floor assembly.3.5VALVES:A.Provide valves in water and gas systems. Locate and arrange so as to give completeregulation of apparatus and fixtures.B.Provide valves in at least the following locations:1.In branches and/or headers of water piping serving a group of fixtures.2.For shutoff of risers and branch mains.3.For flushing and sterilizing the system.4.WYE Strainer at main supply.C.Locate valves for easy accessibility and maintenance.3.6WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS:A.Provide water hammer arrestors on hot water lines and cold water lines.1.Install in upright position at all quick closing valves, solenoids, isolated plumbingfixtures, and supply headers at plumbing fixture group.2.Locate and size in accordance with Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-H 201.3.Install water hammer arrestors behind access panels or ceiling panels.3.7BACKFLOW PREVENTION:A.Protect plumbing fixtures, faucets with hose connections, and other equipment havingplumbing connections against possible back-siphonage.B.Arrange for testing of backflow devices as required by the governmental agencies havingjurisdiction.C.Provide an approved receptor on accordance with the California Plumbing Code 2019 toreceive discharged water from reduced pressure backflow preventors.3.8CONCRETE:A.Provide concrete required for the work of this Section in strict accordance with pertinentprovisions of Division 3.3.9FIXTURE INSTALLATION:A.All plumbing fixtures shall be bedded and caulked along joint at walls, counter tops, and otherintersecting surfaces with white adhesive caulking.B.Plumbing fixture trim and exposed supplies and "P" trap and arm shall be brass with polishedchrome plated finish. Individual wheel handle, loose key stops, or, when so specified,screwdriver stops, shall be provided for all supplies, and unless integral with valves or faucets,or unless otherwise permitted, shall be mounted under the fixture. Exposed water supply andwaste piping to wall shall be provided with polished chrome plated brass wall escutcheons.C.Fixtures with hangers or supporting arms shall have hangers or arms securely mounted on a¼" thick x 6" wide steel wall plate which shall extend at least one stud beyond the first and lastfixture mounting points. Concealed arm assemblies shall be attached to plates by four ⅜" x 1-" steel bolts and nuts, and hangers and exposed arms by 5/16" minimum full thread steelstuds and jamb nuts. Plates shall be drilled and tapped at the time of fixture installation.D.Wall plates shall be recessed flush with studs and shall be securely attached to each studcrossed. In steel stud construction, a 1-½" x 18" long furring channel shall be attached toeach notched stud with fillet welds 1" long on 6" centers front and back. Plates shall becontinuous fillet welded at both top and bottom to each furring channel. Provide backing foreach plumbing fixture requiring same, at the time roughing-in is done.E.Fit-up connections to equipment (furnished by others) shall be provided with valves, unions,flexible connectors, and adapters to make a final connection. Piping stubouts for equipmentwill be extended to make the final connection. The connection shall be made with devicesrecommended by the equipment manufacturer. Field verify exact point of connection prior tostart of work.3.10SEISMIC RESTRAINT:A.General:1.Furnish and install seismic restraint for all piping, equipment, etc., installed underthe contract. All restraints shall meet the requirements of the current CaliforniaBuilding Code.2.Seismic restraints shall be designed and installed in accordance with goodengineering practice to the approval of a Professional Engineer. The design andinstallation of restraints shall be generally in accordance with the current editions ofthe California Building Code all of which shall form and become a part of thisinstallation.3.11PROTECTION OF PIPING SYSTEMS:A.It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install and maintain pipe and equipment whichis reasonably clean and free from rust, dirt, scale, etc. Where necessary, the Contractor shallprovide temporary airtight covers at all pipe and equipment openings.B.Before turning the systems over to the Owner, all piping systems shall be thoroughly flushedof all scale and dirt. Drains shall be installed at the low points to facilitate flushing of the pipingsystems.
3.12PAINTING:A.General:1.Prime paint all ferrous metal items, except items to be encased in concrete, areasadjacent to field welds, and roof drains.2.Clean all items free of loose mill scale, rust, and other contaminants.3.For roof-mounted equipment, provide factory prefinish on all exposed surfaces.4.Touch-up scratches and abrasions to be invisible to the unaided eye from adistance of 5'0".3.13REQUIREMENTS FOR FINAL INSPECTION:A.All requirements shall be completed prior to final inspections.B.Thoroughly clean all parts of the piping, valves, and equipment. Exposed parts which are tobe painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster, oil and grease spots. Suchsurfaces shall be carefully wiped and all cracks and corners scraped out.C.Exposed metal work shall be carefully brushed down with steel brushes to remove rust andother spots, leaving a smooth and clean surface. Trap elements shall be removed during thecleaning and flushing period, after which they shall be replaced and adjusted.D.Electrical device covers shall not be installed until the finished coating of paint is completed.Device handles and receptacles shall be covered and/or protected during the paintingoperation to preserve the original factory bright new finish.E.All potable water lines shall be sterilized with chlorine. The chlorine residual concentrationshall indicate not less than 50 parts per million (ppm) and shall be retained for a period of notless than 24 hours. Repeat procedure if the residual concentration has decreased below 25ppm. After test is in compliance with this specification, flush the system until the residual isnot more than 0.5 ppm. All work and certification of performance must be done by qualifiedpersonnel. Submit certification to Architect.NOTE:During construction phase, install Tee's and ball valves at locations directed and asrequired to facilitate sterilization and testing. Identify and indicate on the as-built plans thelocation of valves and ensure that they are accessible and are in a position not to cause cross-connections or artificial pressure loss in the system.3.14TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS:A.No piping work, fixtures, or equipment shall be concealed or covered until inspected by theArchitect/Owner's Representative, who shall be notified when the work is ready for inspection.All work shall be completely installed, tested as required by local code, this section and theState Ordinances and State Safety Orders, and shall be leak-tight before inspection isrequested. All tests shall be repeated as required by those making the inspection.B.All domestic water piping shall be flushed out, tested at 150 psig and shall be left underpressure of supply main or a minimum of 50 psi, whichever is greater, for the balance of theconstruction period. No air testing is allowed. Tests are to be applied for a minimum period ofone hour.C.Plumbing fixtures shall be filled with water and checked for leaks and retarded drainage flow.Faucet aerators and shower heads shall be removed and cleaned thoroughly and flow shall beadjusted to eliminate dripping or splashing.D.Final pressures at the end of the test period for all piping systems shall be no more nor lessthan that caused by expansion or contraction of the test medium due to temperature changes.E.All protective coating systems shall be visually inspected for breaks in the coating system.Any holidays revealed shall be promptly repaired per manufacturer's instructions for repair ofdamaged pipe coatings.F.Cross-Connection Tests By Testing Agency: Comply with NFPA 99. Pressurize each systemwith nitrogen in accordance with Table 3. Check 100 percent of the outlets in each system.Include anesthesia gas evacuation in vacuum systems.3.15DRAWINGS OF RECORD:A.In addition to the "As-Built" drawings required, two complete sets of printed mechanicaldrawings shall be provided by the Architect for the purpose of showing a complete picture ofthe work as actually installed.B.These drawings shall serve as work progress report sheets and the Contractor shall make allnotations, neat and legible, thereon daily as the work proceeds. The drawings shall beavailable for inspection at all times and shall be kept at the job at a location designated.C.At the completion of the work, these as-built drawings shall be signed by the Contractorindicating approval thereof, dated and returned to the Architect.D.The dimensions, locations and invert elevations of buried piping shall be accurately recordedon the as-built drawings. Dimensions shall be from permanent building walls (not fromcolumnlines).3.16GUARANTEE:A.All work under this section shall be guaranteed in writing in accordance with the "MechanicalGeneral Provisions," Section 15050.B.All material except as otherwise noted shall be new, free from defect and of the quality andrating shown or specified.C.Any defect due to missing or improper material or faulty workmanship existing or developingduring the warranty period shall be corrected and the resulting damage repaired.D.The warranty period shall be one year from date of acceptance of the project, except for itemsguaranteed by the manufacturer for a longer period.3.17OPERATING INSTRUCTION AND SERVICE MANUAL:A.The Contractor shall carefully prepare an operating instruction and service manual for theentire system including all equipment, excepting Owner-furnished equipment. The manualshall be submitted for review to the Architect at least 30 days prior to completion of the work.Failure to submit manual will delay final inspection and acceptance of the work. Contentsshall be bound in a durable loose-leaf binder, complete with index.B.The following items shall be included in the manual. This list may not be complete and is tobe used as a guide:1.Part numbers of all replaceable items.2.Manufacturer's cut sheets and rating tables, including brochures on all fixtures,equipment and materials installed.3.Oiling, lubrication and greasing instructions, including maintenance time schedule.4.Test data on all equipment.5.Serial numbers of all principal pieces of equipment.6.The names, addresses, phone and emergency phone numbers of the manufacturers'and subcontractors' suppliers.7.Valve chart indicating location of valves for the project.8.Written guarantee.9.Prints of complete as-built drawings, signed by the Contractor.10.Reviewed submittal data and shop drawings in binder.11.Test and balance data and copies of building inspections check lists signed off by theInspector.12.Potable water piping sterilization certificate.13.Pipe and equipment identification schedule.C. After review of the manual by the Engineer, two copies of each manual shall be furnished fordistribution.3.18IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT:A.Identify all equipment with nameplates bearing equipment name and number using 1-½" wide,white Bakelite with ½" black letters permanently mounted in a conspicuous place.B.Markings: Each piping system shall be identified and the direction of flow indicated by meanslegends, color bands and flow arrows. The markings shall be applied after all painting andcleaning of the piping and insulation is completed. The stick-ons shall be taped all around thepipe in addition to being cemented on.
C.Location:1.The identification shall be applied to all piping except those located in furred spaceswithout access to permit entrance of personnel and piping buried in the ground orconcrete.2.The symbol and flow arrow shall be applied at all valve locations, at all points wherepiping enters or leaves a wall, partition, cluster of piping or similar obstruction and atapproximately 30-foot intervals on runs with at least one symbol or flow arrow ineach space or room.3.Variation or changes in locations and spacing may be made only with the directionof the Architect to meet conditions.4.Wherever two or more pipes run parallel, the printed symbol and other markingsshall be applied in the same relative locations so as to be in either vertical orhorizontal linearity, whichever the case may be.5.The markings shall be located so as to be conspicuous and legible at all times fromany reasonable point.D.Sizes shall be as recommended in ANSI A13.1.E.As an alternate to the above, the Contractor may submit a system of painted stenciled letterson a color coded background per ANSI A13.1. Complete data, color chart and sizes shall besubmitted for review.F.Valve charts shall be provided for each piping system and shall consist of schematic drawingsof piping layouts showing and identifying each valve and describing its function. Uponcompletion of the work and after approval by the Architect, one copy of each chart, sealed torigid backboard with clear lacquer placed under glass and framed, shall be mounted in themechanical room where directed by the Owner. Two additional unmounted copies shall bedelivered to the Owner. Valve lists shall be furnished as required.G.Name Tags: Provide 1¼" plastic square of 1¼" round with ¼" letters for all valves. Blackletterson white tags and marked for type of service intended. Attach tags to valve handlesby "S"hooks. Furnish four printed lists showing valve number, service and location. One ofthese lists all be individually framed with metal frames and glass fronts and mounted wheredirected by the Owner after approval. One additional copy shall be furnished as required.3.19BALANCING WATER SYSTEMS:A.The systems shall be balanced using the cocks and balance valves specified to obtain desiredflow quantities through all heating elements, coils, etc. A full typed report of the balancingshall be provided to the Consultant for approval and, following acceptance of the report, acopy shall be incorporated within each maintenance manual specified. The Contractor shallinclude separately for his own work as required to coordinate with the testing agency andbalancing water systems.B.Testing forms shall be equivalent to those available from A.A.B.C. and data shall consist of atleast the following:1.Differential head and shut-off head across circulating pumps.2.Temperature drop across heating elements, cooling coils, heating coils, etc.Radiant ceiling systems to be balanced to give equal temperature drop.3.Flow quantities in gpm for all systems equipped with flow meters. 50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all plumbing associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Mechanical & Plumbing, Complete-In-Place” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
PANEL BOARD (SURFACE)SWITCHBOARD OR MCC
CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX OR QUAD RECEPTACLE,NON-LOCKING TYPE, GROUNDING.WALL OR FLOOR POWER CONNECTION TO MODULARFURNITURE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH FURNITURESUPPLIER.
POWER LEGEND
RECEPTACLE, NON-LOCKING TYPE, GROUNDING, 120V - 20A.MOUNTED AT +18 AFF UNO. SHADED REPRESENTS ABOVECOUNTER OR +42" AFF.
POWER FLOOR BOX.
PANEL BOARD (FLUSH)
TTRANSFORMER
JUNCTION BOXJ
LCPLOW VOLTAGE PANELLIGHTING CONTROL PANELTELEPHONE BACKBOARD. 3/4'' PLYWOOD, LENGTH ANDWIDTH AS NOTED.
MM
DUPLEXQUADGFIDUPLEXGFIQUADDUPLEXWITH USB
A
DC
E
A
B
SPECIAL POWER LEGENDNEMA L5-30R SINGLE RECEPTACLE, LOCKING TYPE,GROUNDING, 120V - 1PH - 30A.NEMA L6-30R SINGLE RECEPTACLE, LOCKING TYPE,GROUNDING, 208V - 1PH - 30A, NOTE: CAP AND STOWHOMERUN NEUTRAL WIRE FOR FUTURE USE.NEMA L14-30R SINGLE RECEPTACLE, LOCKING TYPE,GROUNDING, 120/208V - 1PH - 30A.NEMA L21-20R SINGLE RECEPTACLE, LOCKING TYPE,GROUNDING, 120/208V - 3PH - 20A.HUBBELL #CS6369 (CALIF. STD.) SINGLE RECEPTACLE,LOCKING TYPE, GROUNDING,120/208V - 1PH - 50A.NEMA L5-20R SINGLE RECEPTACLE, LOCKING TYPE,GROUNDING, 120V - 1PH - 20A.
RECEPTACLE OUTLETS MOUNTED IN ISODUCT RACEWAY AT+15'' UNO. SEE ELECTRICAL DETAILS.DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (NEMA 5-20R IN LAB AREAS),NON-LOCKING TYPE, GROUNDING, 120V - 20A. SHADEDREPRESENTS ABOVE COUNTER.
COORDINATE THE EXACT MOUNTING AND LOCATION OF ALL WIRINGDEVICES AND ALL CONDUITS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.SEE ARCH PLANS FOR EXACT DEVICE LOCATIONS. GENERATOR OUTLETSTO BE RED AND UPS OUTLETS TO BE ORANGE.
EQUIPMENT SIZES SHOWN ON PLANS ARE NOT EXACT. CONTRACTOR ISRESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING EQUIPMENT CLEARANCES ARE MET BASEDON ACTUAL SIZE OF EQUIPMENT.
SPLIT YOLK HALF CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE NON-LOCKING TYPE120V-20A. TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 6' OF AN UNCONTROLLEDRECEPTACLE. CONNECT SWITCH LEG BETWEEN RELAY POWER PACKAND OCCUPANCY CONTROLS FOR AUTOMATIC SHUT OFF. CONTROLLEDRECEPTACLES SHALL HAVE PERMANENT MARKING TO DIFFERENTIATETHEM FROM UNCONTROLLED RECEPTACLES. (CEC TITLE 24 SECTION130.5(D)). PROVIDE FACEPLATE PER NEC 406.3(E).
DUPLEXQUADGFIDUPLEXGFIQUADDUPLEXWITH USB
CONDUIT STUBOUTCONDUIT RISING UPCONDUIT DROP DOWN
#8
CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALLS OR CEILING.
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT
HOMERUN TO PANEL AND CIRCUITS INDICATED.
CROSSMARKS DENOTE QUANTITY OF NEUTRAL (LONG),PHASE (SHORT), AND GROUND (DOT) CONDUCTORS INBRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT. NO CROSSMARKSDENOTES PHASE, NEUTRAL, AND GROUND WIRES.NUMBER ADJACENT TO CROSSMARKS DENOTES WIRESIZE OTHER THAN #12 FOR ALL CONDUCTORS UNO.
DETAIL NUMBER DESIGNATIONSHEET ON WHICH DETAIL IS FOUNDE13SHEET NOTE REFERENCEGENERAL SYMBOLS LEGEND A-1
1 CONDUIT CONCEALED IN FLOOR, UNDERFLOOR, ORBELOW GRADE LIGHTING LEGENDCOORDINATE THE EXACT MOUNTING AND LOCATION OF ALL LIGHTING,SUPPORTS AND ALL CONDUITS WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.SEE ARCH PLANS FOR EXACT GRID, FLUSH AND SURFACE MOUNTINGLOCATIONS.
TOGGLE SWITCH.
LIGHTING FIXTURES. SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FORMODEL/PART NUMBERS AND ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
LUMINAIRE(S) POLE MOUNTED WITH ARM. TYPE ASNOTED.EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES. SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE FORMODEL/PART NUMBERS AND ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
LUMINAIRE(S) POLE MOUNTED ON TOP. TYPE ASNOTED.EMERGENCY BUGEYE FIXTURE.LIGHTED EXIT SIGN. TOP MOUNTED ON CEILING OR STEMMOUNTED. SHADED SIDE INDICATES FACE. PROVIDEARROWS TO MATCH ARCHITECTURAL OR LIFE SAFETYPLANS.
DDIMMER SWITCH.OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH.DIMMER/OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH.DGRAPHICAL LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH.LVMOTION SENSOR - CEILING MOUNTED.MDAYLIGHT SENSOR - CEILING MOUNTED.DSPHOTOCELL - CEILING MOUNTED.PC
SWITCH LEGEND
SUBSCRIPT ADJACENT TO LIGHTING FIXTURE INDICATES:1,2,3 etc. = BRANCH CIRCUIT NUMBERSa,b,c etc. = SWITCH-LEG REFERENCENL = NIGHT/SECURITY LIGHTING FIXTURE# SUBSCRIPT ADJACENT TO SWITCH INDICATES:K = KEYED SWITCHa,b,c etc. = MULTIPLE SWITCHES/CONTROL LEGS IN AGANGED BOX WITH A COMMON COVERPLATE.
MOUNT WALL SWITCHES AT 42" AFF TO CENTER OF THE SWITCH UNO.VERIFY ALL CONTROL LOCATIONS AND TYPES WITH CONTROLS SHOPDRAWINGS.
CIRCUIT BREAKER CALLOUTFUSE CALLOUT-POLE-TRIP SIZE-FUSE SIZE-POLE NON-FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH (RATINGS AS NOTED)FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH (RATINGS AS NOTED)COMBINATION FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND MOTORSTARTER, (NEMA SIZE AS NOTED), 3P, 600 VAC MAXIMUMRATING.TTOGGLE TYPE FRACTIONAL HP MANUAL MOTOR STARTERWITH THERMAL OVERLOADS (DELETED IF FORDISCONNECT USE ONLY) AND HANDLE GUARD/LOCK-OFF, 2POLES (VERIFY WITH BRANCH CIRCUIT).MOTOR GROUNDCIRCUIT BREAKERTRANSFORMER DELTA PRIMARY, WYESECONDARY WITH kVA RATING
GFPSPDSURGE PROTECTION DEVICEGROUND FAULT PROTECTIONENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER
SINGLE LINE LEGEND
TCTIME CLOCKKILOWATT-HOUR METERFUSED SWITCH
MOTOR STARTER (NEMA SIZE AS NOTED)
CB
AUTOMATIC TRANSFERSWITCHPANEL BOARD
2 M
2 32251503
EPO - EMERGENCY POWER OFF BUTTON
ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS
ATS C AFF ALT. A
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHABOVE FINISHED FLOORCONDUIT
AMPERESALTERNATE
CONC.
CB
C.O. CKT.
DWG.DIST.
GFIFAHORIZ.
JBLTG.MCA
GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTERHORIZONTALLY MOUNTED
LIGHTINGJUNCTION BOX
CONDUIT ONLY
EMERGENCY SERVICEFIRE ALARM
CONCRETEDRAWINGDISTRIBUTION
CIRCUIT BREAKERCIRCUIT
MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS
MTD.MCCMOPMTG. HT.NICNOT IN CONTRACT
MOTOR CONTROL CENTERMOUNTEDMOUNTING HEIGHTMAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
CFCICONTRACTOR FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
FLAFULL LOAD AMPS
CUCOPPER
EGEQUIPMENT GROUNDEXIST.EXISTINGEM
MEPMECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING
CFLCOMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMP
ADAAMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT
NFPANATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION
KVAKILOVOLT-AMPERESKWKILOWATTSHPHORSEPOWER
PULL BOXPHASEPOLENOT TO SCALE
PHPPB
NTS
PANELRECEPTACLEREQUIREDRIGID GALVANIZED STEEL
POINT OF CONNECTION
SECURITYSWITCHGEAR
TYPICAL
TERMINAL CABINET
UNDER COUNTER
TELEPHONE
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WATTSVOLTS
TRANSFORMERNEW LOCATION OF EXISTING ITEM
WEATHERPROOFWATER HEATER
PNLRECEPTRGSSEC
UNOTYPU.C.
TEL.TC
WWPVWH
XL
NLNIGHT LIGHT
XFMR
SWGR.
REQ'DPOC
OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLEDOFCI
SOLID NEUTRALS.N.
EXISTING TO BE RELOCATEDXREXISTING TO REMAINXEXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHEDXD
TAMPER RESISTANTTR
ON CENTEROC
TENANT IMPROVEMENTT.I.
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORYUL
REFLECTED CEILING PLANRCP
L LOCKABLE
EXEXISTING
STAINLESS STEELSS
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
210801ANANEG
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 9150 CHESAPEAKE DR, STE 220SAN DIEGO, CA 92123www.ELENconsulting.com BUILDINGDEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
SYMBOLSANDABBREVIATIONSE001
Sheet List TableSheet NumberSheet TitleE001SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONSE002ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONSE003ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAME004ELECTRICAL CALCULATIONS AND SCHEDULESE100OVERALL PLANE101ELECTRICAL POWER PLANE102ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONSSOME SPECIFICATIONS MAY NOT BE USED FOR THIS PROJECT.1.0 INTENT1.1 FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLANSAND SPECIFICATIONS.1.2ALL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE AND THE REQUIRED INSTALLATION IS NOT LIMITED TOWHAT IS SHOWN. ALL APPURTENANCES NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEMMUST BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACTORS BID AND WORK.2.0 GENERAL2.1THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONSWHICH MAY AFFECT HIS BID OR WORK. NO ALLOWANCES WILL BE MADE FOR EXISTING CONDITIONS OR THECONTRACTORS FAILURE TO ACCOMMODATE EXISTING CONDITIONS ON HIS BID.2.2IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN CLARIFICATION OF ANY APPARENT CONFLICT ORINCONSISTENCY IN THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATION, OR DESIGN, PRIOR TO HIS BID AND IN WRITING WITHTHE ENGINEER. OTHERWISE THE CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY TO CORRECT (AT HIS COST) ANYSUCH ITEMS TO MEET THE INTENT AS INTERPRETED BY THE ENGINEER.2.3ALL MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE MOST RECENT EDITIONS OF THE NFPA,NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, IBC, APPLICABLE CITY AND STATE CODES AND ORDINANCES, THE AMERICANSWITH DISABILITIES ACT, E.P.A. REGULATIONS (INCLUDING EPACT 1992), AND UTILITY COMPANYREQUIREMENTS. THE FOREGOING CODES AND REGULATIONS ARE REQUIREMENTS AND AREINCORPORATED IN THIS SPECIFICATION FOR THIS WORK BY REFERENCE.2.4THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND PROVIDE INFORMATION AS REQUIRED TO ALL SERVINGUTILITIES IN A TIMELY MANNER AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE THE SERVICE REQUIRED AND MEET UTILITYREQUIREMENTS. IMMEDIATE COORDINATION WILL BE REQUIRED FOR MOST PROJECTS. FIELD COORDINATEALL REQUIREMENTS WITH UTILITY Co. PRIOR TO TRENCHING.2.5REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, AND/OR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIERS DRAWINGSAND SPECIFICATIONS FOR EXACT EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, LOADS AND ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.REPRESENTATIONS OF THE WORK SPECIFIC TO THE OTHER DISCIPLINES IS SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICALDRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.2.6THE CONTRACTOR ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL EQUIPMENT HE SUPPLIES. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALLBE INSTALLED STRICTLY PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. OTHERWISE THE CONTRACTORASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY (AT HIS COST) TO CORRECT AND REMEDY ANY INSTALLATION NOT INCOMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATIONS AND INTENTIONS AS INTERPRETED BY THEENGINEER.2.7ANY VARIANCE OR EXCEPTIONS TO THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE REQUESTED ANDAPPROVED IN WRITING. INTERIM VERBAL APPROVALS WILL ONLY BE PROVIDED WHEN THE ENGINEERDETERMINES THIS TO BE JUSTIFIED AND MUST BE CONFIRMED IN WRITING TO BE FINAL.2.8THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY PERMITS, VARIANCES, AND APPROVALS,ETC. (AT HIS COST) WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED FOR COMPLETION OF THIS WORK.2.9PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALLLIGHT FIXTURES AND WIRING DEVICES WITH ARCITECT/OWNER: TO INCLUDE MOUNTING HEIGHT ANDLOCATIONS. ALL CONFLICTS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ENGINEER/ARCHITECT.2.10THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND SUPPORT FOR PROGRESS AND FINALINSPECTIONS. THIS INCLUDES COMPLETE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. ADDITIONALLY A COMPLETE SET OFSPARE FUSES FOR ALL FUSES USED AND A 5% SUPPLY OF ALL LIGHT BULBS PROVIDED IN FIXTURES (TO AMAXIMUM OF 15 FOR EACH STYLE) SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER AT FINAL INSPECTION.2.11RECONSTRUCTION (TO INCLUDE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS)ALL RECONSTRUCTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL REQUIRE COMPLETE RENOVATION(MAKE GOOD AS NEW) FOR ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT UPON WHICH WORK IS PERFORMED OR EQUIPMENTWHICH IS AFFECTED BY THE WORK PERFORMED. THIS WILL INCLUDE THESE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:2.11.1VERIFICATION OF EXISTING S.E.S. COMPLIANCE WITH NEC "GROUNDING" ARTICLES.2.11.2VERIFICATION OF CABLE SIZE AND AMPACITY OF EXISTING FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS WITHNEC TABLES.2.11.3EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE REUSED MUST BE CLEANED, RE-LAMPED, AND RESTORED TO "LIKENEW" CONDITION.2.11.4EXISTING PANEL BOARDS, SWITCH BOARDS, AND TRANSFORMERS WHICH ARE INCLUDED IN THEPROJECT WORK SHALL HAVE PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PERFORMED TO INCLUDE RE-TORQUINGOF ALL LUGS, CLEANING AND INSPECTION.2.11.5VERIFY PROPER WORKING CONDITION OF ALL EXISTING EMERGENCY FIXTURES AND EXIT SIGNS.REPAIR OR REPLACE AS REQUIRED.IN THE EVENT THAT INSPECTION REVEALS DISCREPANCIES AND/OR NONCOMPLIANCE THE OWNER AND THEENGINEER SHALL BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING, AND EQUIPMENT BROUGHT INTO COMPLIANCE.3.0 MATERIALS AND METHODS3.1THE USE OF EMT IS ACCEPTABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE "ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING". EMTSHALL NOT BE USED WHERE IT IS SUBJECT TO SEVERE PHYSICAL DAMAGE. EMT FITTINGS SHALL BECOMPRESSION TYPE. MINIMUM TRADE CONDUIT SIZE IS 1/2" AND 3/4" FOR HOME RUNS.3.2CONDUCTORS SHALL BE 600V COPPER (98 % CONDUCTIVITY). MINIMUM LINE VOLTAGE WIRE SIZE IS #12A.W.G. #6 AND SMALLER SHALL HAVE THHN/THHW INSULATION. #4 AND LARGER SHALL HAVE XHHW/XHHW-2INSULATION. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL HAVE 90° RATED INSULATION. ALL 120V, 20A BRANCH CIRCUITCONDUCTORS (#12) OVER 100' IN LENGTH TO BE #10'S MINIMUM. ALL 277V, 20A BRANCH CIRCUITCONDUCTORS (#12) OVER 200' IN LENGTH TO BE #10'S MINIMUM.3.3WHEN SEPARATE BRANCH CIRCUIT NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS ARE USED WITH EACH PHASE CONDUCTOR ORSYSTEMS FURNITURE IS INDICATED, THE MINIMUM NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE #10 A.W.G.STRANDED COPPER.3.4ALL WIRING DEVICES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE. (MINIMUM 20 AMPS RATED FOR RECEPTACLES ANDSWITCHES). HUBBELL, PASS & SEYMOUR, BRYANT, OR LEVITON ARE ACCEPTABLE. ALL SPECIALRECEPTACLES AND GROUND FAULT PROTECTION DEVICES MUST BE PERMANENTLY MARKED WITHENGRAVED COVER PLATES. INDICATE USE AND CIRCUIT NUMBER.3.5COVER PLATES AND DEVICES SHALL BE PHENOLIC PLASTIC (WHITE OR COLOR SELECTED BY ARCHITECT) INOFFICE/COMMERCIAL/OR LIVING AREAS, AND GALVANIZED STEEL INWAREHOUSE/INDUSTRIAL/MANUFACTURING AREAS OR AREAS SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL ABUSE.3.6ALL CONDUCTORS TO BE CONCEALED EXCEPT TO SURFACE MOUNTED PANELS AND AT THE CEILING OFEXPOSED STRUCTURE AREAS. CONDUITS WILL BE RUN PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING LINES.3.7FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (SEAL TITE FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS) SHALL BE USED FOR CONNECTIONSTO EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO VIBRATION (E.G. MOTORS) WITH A MAXIMUM DISTANCE OF 6 ft.3.8THE USE OF MC CABLE IS ACCEPTABLE (UPON OWNER NOTIFICATION AND APPROVAL) AND MAY BE USED INACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE "METAL-CLAD CABLE: TYPE MC", BUT LIMITED TO USE FOR CONCEALEDBRANCH CIRCUITS ONLY. ADDITIONALLY MC CABLE MAY NOT BE USED FOR HOME RUNS, OUTDOORS, ANDMEDICAL/DENTAL ENVIRONMENTS.3.9NON-METALLIC CONDUIT (MIN. SCHEDULE 40) MAY BE USED ONLY IN OR UNDER SLABS & IN CONCRETE ORMASONRY WALLS. MIN. 24" COVER REQUIRED FOR UNDERGROUND USE.3.10FUSES SHALL BE BUSSMAN, LITTLEFUSE, OR GOULD SHAWMUT.3.11CONDUCTORS WILL BE SOLID AND/OR STRANDED WITH INSULATION CONTINUOUSLY COLOR COATED UP TOAND INCLUDING SIZE #6 A.W.G. GROUNDING/BONDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE U.L. LABELED ROPE STRAND.3.12CONNECTIONS OR SPLICES SHALL BE EXOTHERMIC WELD (CAD WELD OR THOMAS AND BETTS FUSEWELD)FOR GROUNDING/BONDING CONDUCTORS.3.13NEW CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS. HYDRAULIC CRIMP SPLICES OR CONNECTIONS AREEXCEPTIONS AND REQUIRE SPECIFIC APPROVAL IN WRITING BY ENGINEER.3.14ALL CONDUIT SUPPORT SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. UNISTRUT, BEELINE,SUPERSTRUT STEEL CITY SPRING STEEL FASTENERS OR CADDY MOUNTING SYSTEMS ARE ACCEPTABLE.NO CONDUIT WILL BE SUPPORTED BY THE CEILING WIRES, TIE WIRE OR GRID SYSTEM. PERFORATEDSTRAPS OR OTHER PIPING AND CONDUIT STRAPS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE SUPPORTS.3.15ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES FOR SWITCH GEAR, DISTRIBUTION GEAR AND RELATED COMPONENTS ARE:SQUARE D, ACME TRANSFORMERS, GENERAL ELECTRIC, SIEMENS, AND CUTLER-HAMMER.3.16CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COLOR CODED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS AND PHASE LEGS OF FEEDERS TO PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS, ETC. IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND LOCAL MUNICIPAL REQUIREMENTS.SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
·120-V, 2-WIRE CIRCUIT: GROUNDED NEUTRAL-WHITE; UNGROUNDED LEG-BLACK.·208Y/120-V, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE: GROUNDED NEUTRAL-WHITE; PHASE A-BLACK; PHASE B-RED;PHASE C-BLUE.·240/120-V, 3 WIRE, SINGLE PHASE CIRCUIT: GROUNDED NEUTRAL-WHITE; PHASE A-BLACK;PHASE B-RED.·240-V, DELTA, 3-PHASE, 3-WIRE: PHASE A-BLACK; PHASE B-RED; PHASE C-BLUE.·240/120-V, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE, HIGH-LEG DELTA: GROUNDED NEUTRAL-WHITE; HIGH LEG (208-VTO NEUTRAL)-ORANGE; PHASE A-BLACK; PHASE C-BLUE.·480Y/277-V, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE: GROUNDED NEUTRAL-GRAY; PHASE A-BROWN; PHASEB-ORANGE; PHASE C-YELLOW.·480-V, DELTA, 3-PHASE, 3-WIRE: PHASE A-BROWN; PHASE B-ORANGE; PHASE C-YELLOW.·EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS-GREEN;ISOLATED GROUNDS-GREEN WITH A YELLOWSTRIPE.3.17ALL INSTALLATIONS WITHIN PLENUM RATED CEILING SPACE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE"WIRING METHODS" WITH REGARDS TO SMOKE DEVELOPMENT AND FLAME SPREAD.3.18ALL UNDERGROUND CABLE, PIPE AND CONDUITS SHALL BE DETECTABLE (METALLIC) OR HAVE ADETECTABLE UNDERGROUND LOCATION DEVICE INSTALLED WITH IT. THE RECOMMENDED DETECTABLEUNDERGROUND LOCATION DEVICE IS A #18 OR LARGER COPPER TRACER WIRE SECURELY ATTACHED TOTHE TOP OF ANY NON-METALLIC CABLE, PIPE OR CONDUIT AT 8'-0" 0/C AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 12"OF TRACER WIRE ACCESSIBLE AT ALL ABOVE GRADE TERMINATIONS.3.19ALL HORIZONTAL UNDERGROUND CONDUIT RUNS (INCLUDING UNDER CONCRETE SLABS) SHALL BE AMINIMUM OF 24" BELOW GRADE.3.20ALL MATERIAL & DEVICES USED EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE LISTED U.L. FOR WATERPROOFAPPLICATIONS.4.0 SUBMITTALS4.1SUBMIT SAMPLES AND 6 SETS OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TOORDERING IN A TIMELY MANNER, SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE LIGHT FIXTURES (INCLUDING LIGHT POLES),SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, BREAKERS, STARTERS, HVAC ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ANDTRANSFORMERS.4.1.1SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE LAYOUT DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFICATION OF SPECIFICEQUIPMENT FOR INSTALLATION, MINIMUM NEC CLEARANCES SHALL BE INDICATED.4.1.2THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE COMPARISON DATA AND SAMPLES FOR BOTH THE SUBSTITUTEAND SPECIFIED ITEMS WHEN SUBSTITUTIONS ARE PROPOSED. THE CONTRACTOR REMAINSRESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE THE ORIGINALLY SPECIFIED INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEORIGINAL DELIVERY DATE (AT HIS COST) WHEN SUBSTITUTIONS ARE NOT APPROVED.4.2THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COMPLETE AND ACCURATE "AS BUILT" DRAWING TO THE OWNER ANDENGINEER WITHIN 2 WEEKS OF OWNER ACCEPTANCE. PROVIDE 4 SETS OF BLUELINES OR REPRODUCIBLES.FAILURE TO COMPLY WILL RESULT IN WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENTS DUE, AND ASSESSMENT OF CHARGES(AGAINST THE CONTRACTOR) FOR AS-BUILT DEVELOPMENT BY THE ENGINEER AT THE CURRENT HOURLYRATE.4.3PROVIDE A LETTER TO THE OWNER AND ENGINEER CERTIFYING ALL EQUIPMENT AND TERMINATION'S AREPROPERLY TORQUED. THIS CERTIFICATION SHALL BE EXECUTED BY A LICENSED CONTRACTOR, ANDWRITTEN CERTIFICATION PROVIDED ON COMPANY LETTERHEAD.4.4PROVIDE 2 COPIES OF ALL MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES TO THE OWNERWITHIN 2 WEEKS OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER.5.0 WARRANTY5.1THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIAL AND/OR WORKMANSHIP FURNISHED BY HIM UNDERTHIS CONTRACT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK BYTHE OWNER, UNLESS LONGER WARRANTY PERIOD HAS BEEN REQUIRED BY BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS ORHAS BEEN INDICATED FOR SPECIFIC EQUI[PMENT OR SYSTEMS. ANY DEFECTS DEVELOPING DURING THEWARRANTY PERIOD TRACEABLE TO MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE CORRECTED AT THECONTRACTORS EXPENSE.5.2THE OWNER RETAINS THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (AT ANY TIME) OF ANYMATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS AND STANDARDS OF THESEDRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. NO CLAIM FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED FORWORK PERFORMED IN THIS REGARD.5.3THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO TRANSFER ALL MANUFACTURER'S/SUPPLIER'S WARRANTIES ANDGUARANTEES TO THE OWNER. THIS INCLUDES COMPLETION OF ALL DOCUMENTATION FOR THEMANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER.6.0 DISTRIBUTION6.1PANELBOARDS (EXISTING): ADD CIRCUIT BREAKERS (FULL SIZED BREAKERS) AS REQUIRED FORCIRCUITING. MATCH PRECISELY BRAND AND PROVIDE A.I.C. RATING AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. TANDEMAND PIGGY-BACK BREAKERS ARE NOT PERMITTED. ALL LUGS OR CONNECTORS TO BE 60°C RATED FORPANEL LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 100 AMPS AND 75°C FOR PANELS GREATER THAN 100 AMPS MINIMUM.6.2PANELBOARDS (NEW): SHALL BE RATED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS WITH PLATED COPPER BUSSING.PROVIDE NEMA ENCLOSURES AS REQUIRED TO SUITE THE ENVIRONMENT. BACK BOXES ENLARGED FORDOUBLE NEUTRALS AND LUGS CAPABLE OF OVERSIZING ISOLATED GROUND AND NORMAL GROUND BUS.ALL LUGS OR CONNECTORS TO BE60°C RATED FOR PANEL LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 100 AMPS AND 75°CFOR PANELS GREATER THAN 100 AMPS MINIMUM. PANELBOARD CABINET SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH PIANOHINGES WITH DOOR IN DOOR CONSTRUCTION.6.3CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE SWITCH RATED AND AMBIENT COMPENSATED FOR ALL CIRCUITS. PROVIDESWITCHED NEUTRALS ON ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS FEEDING CLASS 1 AND CLASS 2 AREAS WITH NEUTRALS.GFCI ON CIRCUITS WITH NEUTRALS TO DEVICES ABOVE CLASSIFIED AREAS. ALL LIGHTING PANELS/CIRCUITBREAKERS SHALL BE RATED FOR CONTINUOUS DUTY. HACR RATED BREAKERS SHALL BE INSTALLED FORALL HVAC CIRCUITS CONTAINING MULTIPLE MOTOR LOADS.6.4ALL EQUIPMENT (PANELS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, STARTERS, ETC.) SHALL BE MARKED WITH BLACK ORRED ENGRAVERS STOCK TAGS EMBOSSED WITH 1/4" HIGH LETTERS DESCRIBING EACH ITEM. CONDUCTORSWILL BE MARKED AT ALL TERMINATION AND JUNCTION POINTS (PANELS, JUNCTION BOXES, SPLICES, ETC.)WITH LABELS BEARING THE PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER WHICH FEEDS EACH CONDUCTOR (PER NEC 210.4,300.3).6.5ALL PANELBOARDS WILL HAVE TYPED DIRECTORY CARDS IDENTIFYING ALL CIRCUITS AND SPACES.6.6TRANSFORMERS 15 KVA AND ABOVE SHALL BE 150°C TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE 40°C AMBIENT. ALLINSULATING MATERIALS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA ST20-1972 STANDARDS FOR A 220°C ULCOMPONENT RECOGNIZED INSULATION SYSTEM. SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMERS 15 KVA THROUGH 167KVA, AND THREE PHASE TRANSFORMERS THROUGH 45 KVA SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THEY CAN BE EITHERFLOOR OR WALL MOUNTED. THE TRANSFORMER SHALL BE LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORY FORSPECIFIED TEMPERATURE RISE. TRANSFORMERS 75 KVA AND ABOVE SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR FLOORINSTALLATION ONLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.6.7LABEL ALL PANELS/TRANSFORMERS/DISCONNECTS WITH "WARNING" - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - DANGER -QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY TO OPERATE ON OPEN EQUIPMENT.6.8DISCONNECT SWITCHES WILL BE COMMERCIAL-DUTY, QUICK-MAKE, QUICK-BREAK, HORSEPOWER RATED,NEMA 1 INDOOR, NEMA 3R GASKETED, (4X) NEMA 12, OR NEMA 7 AS APPLICABLE WITH FUSES PER DRAWING.6.9MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH THERMAL OVERLOADS WILL BE PROVIDED FOR FRACTIONALHORSEPOWER MOTORS 1/2 HP OR GREATER. SQUARE 'D' CLASS 2510, 2511, 2512. AMBIENT COMPENSATEDAS REQUIRED.6.10MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS WITH THERMAL OVERLOADS, (2) AUXILIARY CONTACT SWITCHES, INTERNALLINE VOLTAGE TO 24 VOLT TRANSFORMER (250VA. MIN) WITH PROPER PRIMARY/SECONDARY PROTECTION,AMBIENT COMPENSATED, RED RUNNING LIGHT, HAND-OFF-AUTO, ACROSS THE LINE STARTERS TO 25HP.WILL BE PROVIDED WITH EACH MOTOR AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING (ONE HORSEPOWER TO 25 H.P.).6.11CONTROL PANELS SHALL HAVE A WITHSTAND RATING OF 10,000 AMPS FOR .5 SEC. UNLESS INDICATEDOTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS.7.0 LIGHT FIXTURES7.18.1FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES COMPLETE WITH LAMPS, WHIPS AND ACCESSORIES.ALL RECESSED FIXTURES WILL BE RATED FOR USE IN ANY CEILING APPLICATIONS AND BE THERMALLYPROTECTED.
7.2MOUNTING TYPE AND VOLTAGE OF FIXTURES IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. (4)EARTHQUAKE CLIPS WILL BE INSTALLED ON EACH FIXTURE MOUNTED IN GRID OR FLANGE TYPE CEILINGS.FLUORESCENT FIXTURE LENSES WILL BE 100% ACRYLIC, .125" THICK MINIMUM.7.3ALL FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED IN SYMMETRICAL MANNER FREE FROM LIGHT LEAKS AND DIRTY LENSESOR REFLECTORS.7.4ALL LAY-IN FIXTURES IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS WILL BE INSTALLED PER IBC STANDARD. VERIFYWITH LOCAL BUILDING AUTHORITY.8.4.1SUPPORT FIXTURES PER IBC WITH TWO LOOSE SIZE #9 WIRES TO STRUCTURES ON OPPOSITECORNERS AND 2 TAUGHT SIZE #9 WIRE TO STRUCTURE AT CORNERS AND/OR FIXTURE SHALL BEFASTENED BY SCREWS INTO T-BAR RUNNERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVINGJURISDICTION.7.5LAMPS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING:A.80 CRI (COLOR RENDERING INDEX) MINIMUM.B.LEDB.A.ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINEDIN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION ANDAPPLICATION.B.B.NRTL COMPLIANCE: LUMINAIRES FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS SHALL BE LISTED ANDLABELED FOR INDICATED CLASS AND DIVISION OF HAZARD BY AN NRTL.B.C.FM GLOBAL COMPLIANCE: LUMINAIRES FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS SHALL BE LISTED ANDLABELED FOR INDICATED CLASS AND DIVISION OF HAZARD BY FM GLOBAL.B.D.RECESSED FIXTURES: COMPLY WITH NEMA LE 4.B.E.CRI OF 80. CCT OF 4000K UON.B.F.RATED LAMP LIFE OF 50,000 HOURS.B.G.LAMPS DIMMABLE FROM 100 PERCENT TO 0 PERCENT OF MAXIMUM LIGHT OUTPUT.B.H.INTERNAL DRIVER.B.I.NOMINAL OPERATING VOLTAGE AS INDICATED IN FIXTURE SCHEDULE7.6DIMMERS AND SWITCHES8.7.1ALL DEVICES SHALL BE UL LISTED SPECIFICALLY FOR THE REQUIRED LOADS (I.E., INCANDESCENT,FLUORESCENT, LOW VOLTAGE, ELECTRONIC LOW VOLTAGE).8.7.2DIMMERS AND SWITCHES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ANSI/IEEE STD.C62.41-19808.7.3DIMMERS AND SWITCHES SHALL MEET UL 20 AND UL 1472.8.7.4DIMMER CONTROL SHALL BE LINEAR SLIDE. DIMMER SHALL PROVIDE A SMOOTH ANDCONTINUOUS SQUARE LAW DIMMING CURVE.8.7.5DIMMERS SHALL UTILIZE AN LC FILTERING NETWORK TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITHPROPERLY INSTALLED RADIO, AUDIO, AND VIDEO EQUIPMENT.8.7.6DIMMER CONTROL SLIDER SHALL BE CAPTURED.8.7.7FACEPLATE SHALL SNAP ON TO DEVICE WITH NO VISIBLE MEANS OF ATTACHMENT.8.7.8ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES FOR DIMMERS ARE LUTRON, LITHONIA, LEVITON AND PRESCOLITE,LIGHTOLIER OR PRIOR APPROVED EQUAL.7.7LIGHTING CONTACTORS/CONTROL PANELS - LIGHTING CONTACTORS/CONTROL PANELS SHALL HAVE AWITHSTAND RATING OF 5,000 AMPS FOR .5 SEC. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS.7.8OCCUPANCY SENSORS7.8.1WALL- OR CEILING-MOUNTED, SOLID-STATE INDOOR OCCUPANCY SENSORS WITH A SEPARATEPOWER PACK.1.LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, ANDMARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.2.OPERATION: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, TURN LIGHTS ON WHEN COVERAGE AREAIS OCCUPIED, AND TURN THEM OFF WHEN UNOCCUPIED; WITH A TIME DELAY FORTURNING LIGHTS OFF, ADJUSTABLE OVER A MINIMUM RANGE OF 1 TO 15 MINUTES.3.SENSOR OUTPUT: CONTACTS RATED TO OPERATE THE CONNECTED RELAY,COMPLYING WITH UL 773A. SENSOR IS POWERED FROM THE POWER PACK.4.POWER PACK: DRY CONTACTS RATED FOR 20-A BALLAST LOAD AT 120- AND 277-V AC,FOR 13-A TUNGSTEN AT 120-V AC, AND FOR 1 HP AT 120-V AC. SENSOR HAS 24-V DC,150-MA, CLASS 2 POWER SOURCE, AS DEFINED BY NFPA 70.5.MOUNTING:5.1.SENSOR: SUITABLE FOR MOUNTING IN ANY POSITION ON A STANDARD OUTLET BOX.5.2.RELAY: EXTERNALLY MOUNTED THROUGH A 1/2-INCH (13-MM) KNOCKOUT IN ASTANDARD ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE.5.3.TIME-DELAY AND SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENTS: RECESSED AND CONCEALED BEHINDHINGED DOOR.6.INDICATOR: DIGITAL DISPLAY, TO SHOW WHEN MOTION IS DETECTED DURING TESTINGAND NORMAL OPERATION OF SENSOR.7.BYPASS SWITCH: OVERRIDE THE "ON" FUNCTION IN CASE OF SENSOR FAILURE.8.AUTOMATIC LIGHT-LEVEL SENSOR: ADJUSTABLE FROM 2 TO 200 FC (21.5 TO 2152 LUX);TURN LIGHTS OFF WHEN SELECTED LIGHTING LEVEL IS PRESENT.7.8.2PIR TYPE: CEILING MOUNTED; DETECT OCCUPANTS IN COVERAGE AREA BY THEIR HEAT ANDMOVEMENT.1.DETECTOR SENSITIVITY: DETECT OCCURRENCES OF 6-INCH- MINIMUM MOVEMENT OFANY PORTION OF A HUMAN BODY THAT PRESENTS A TARGET OF NOT LESS THAN 36 SQ.IN.2.DETECTION COVERAGE (ROOM): DETECT OCCUPANCY ANYWHERE IN A CIRCULAR AREAOF 1000 SQ. FT. WHEN MOUNTED ON A 96-INCH- HIGH CEILING.3.DETECTION COVERAGE (CORRIDOR): DETECT OCCUPANCY WITHIN 90 FEET WHENMOUNTED ON A 10-FOOT- HIGH CEILING.7.8.3ULTRASONIC TYPE: CEILING MOUNTED; DETECT OCCUPANTS IN COVERAGE AREA THROUGHPATTERN CHANGES OF REFLECTED ULTRASONIC ENERGY.1.DETECTOR SENSITIVITY: DETECT A PERSON OF AVERAGE SIZE AND WEIGHT MOVINGNOT LESS THAN 12 INCHES IN EITHER A HORIZONTAL OR A VERTICAL MANNER AT ANAPPROXIMATE SPEED OF 12 INCHES/S.2.DETECTION COVERAGE (SMALL ROOM): DETECT OCCUPANCY ANYWHERE WITHIN ACIRCULAR AREA OF 600 SQ. FT. WHEN MOUNTED ON A 96-INCH- HIGH CEILING.3.DETECTION COVERAGE (STANDARD ROOM): DETECT OCCUPANCY ANYWHERE WITHIN ACIRCULAR AREA OF 1000 SQ. FT. WHEN MOUNTED ON A 96-INCH- HIGH CEILING.4.DETECTION COVERAGE (LARGE ROOM): DETECT OCCUPANCY ANYWHERE WITHIN ACIRCULAR AREA OF 2000 SQ. FT. WHEN MOUNTED ON A 96-INCH- HIGH CEILING.5.DETECTION COVERAGE (CORRIDOR): DETECT OCCUPANCY ANYWHERE WITHIN 90 FEETWHEN MOUNTED ON A 10-FOOT- HIGH CEILING IN A CORRIDOR NOT WIDER THAN 14FEET.7.8.4DUAL-TECHNOLOGY TYPE: CEILING MOUNTED; DETECT OCCUPANTS IN COVERAGE AREA USINGPIR AND ULTRASONIC DETECTION METHODS. THE PARTICULAR TECHNOLOGY ORCOMBINATION OF TECHNOLOGIES THAT CONTROL ON-OFF FUNCTIONS IS SELECTABLE IN THEFIELD BY OPERATING CONTROLS ON UNIT.1.SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT: SEPARATE FOR EACH SENSING TECHNOLOGY.2.DETECTOR SENSITIVITY: DETECT OCCURRENCES OF 6-INCH- MINIMUM MOVEMENT OFANY PORTION OF A HUMAN BODY THAT PRESENTS A TARGET OF NOT LESS THAN 36 SQ.IN., AND DETECT A PERSON OF AVERAGE SIZE AND WEIGHT MOVING NOT LESS THAN 12INCHES IN EITHER A HORIZONTAL OR A VERTICAL MANNER AT AN APPROXIMATE SPEEDOF 12 INCHES/S.3.DETECTION COVERAGE (STANDARD ROOM): DETECT OCCUPANCY ANYWHERE WITHIN ACIRCULAR AREA OF 1000 SQ. FT. WHEN MOUNTED ON A 96-INCH- HIGH CEILING.7.8.5COMPLY WITH ALL COMMISSIONING REQUIRED FOR TITLE 24 (CEC 2013) Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
210801ANANEG
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 9150 CHESAPEAKE DR, STE 220SAN DIEGO, CA 92123www.ELENconsulting.com BUILDINGDEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
ELECTRICALSPECIFICATIONS
E002
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
GFP
800A, 120/208V, 3PH, 4W, BRACED FOR 42kAIC
800A3PGN
(X)SWITCH BOARD "MSA"
EXISTINGUTILITYXFMR 225A3P
(X)PANEL"PB"
M
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
210801ANANEG
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 9150 CHESAPEAKE DR, STE 220SAN DIEGO, CA 92123www.ELENconsulting.com BUILDINGDEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
ELECTRICALSINGLE LINEDIAGRAME003
1.ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT EXISTING UON.2.SINGLE LINE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.SHEET GENERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMSCALE: NO SCALE1
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
FEEDER RACEWAY AND CONDUCTORSNOTE VOLTSFED FROMMOUNTINGROOM CBCIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONLOAD KVA#CKTBREAKERTRIP/POLESANEUTRALBUS AMPSAICMAIN BKRLUGS208Y/120V 3P 4WFLUSHMETER ENCLOSURE 111(X)MSAUTILITY STANDARDMLO50,000800100% 1-1/2"C,3#1,#1N,#8G5.87100/31 5.875.872-1/2"C,3#4/0,#4/0N,#4G16.4225/32 14.915.21-1/2"C,3#1,#1N,#8G4.27100/33 4.274.273"C,3#350kcmil,#350kcmil N,#4G19.5300/34 19.519.50-/35 000-/36 000-/37 000-/38 00TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE19.419.120.6CONNKVA CONNKVACALCKVACALCKVALIGHTING4.485.6(125%)LARGEST MOTOR21.65.4(25%)MOTORS38.438.4(100%)RECEPTACLES3.563.56(50%>10)METEREDDEMAND12.816(125%)TOTAL LOAD68.9BALANCED 3-PHASE LOAD191 A
PANEL (X)PAPANEL (X)PBPANEL (X)PCPANEL (X)POSPACESPACESPACESPACE
NOTE NEUTRALBUS AMPSVOLTSAICMAIN BKRLUGSFED FROMMOUNTINGROOM CBCIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONLOAD KVA#CKT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONCKTBKR#CKTCKTBKR A CBLOAD KVAASTANDARD22522,000225208Y/120V 3P 4WFLUSHPOOL EQUIPMENT 104(X)PB(X)MSA100% 20/1 0.4320/2 1.621 |20/1 43 1.60.1820/120/1 65 1.390.6720/1 1 20/1 0.23387 20/120/1 109 01 20/120/1 1211 0120/1 1 20/1 01413 20/120/1 1615 00 20/120/1 1817 0020/1 0 20/1 02019 20/120/1 2221 00 20/120/1 2423 0020/1 0 20/1 02625 20/120/1 2827 00 20/120/1 3029 00-/1 0 40/3 23231 |-/1 3433 20 |-/1 3635 2050/3 2.9 125/3 7.23837 | | 4039 7.22.9 | | 4241 7.22.9TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASETOTAL CONNECTED AMPS BY PHASE15.214.916.4126124136CONNKVA CONNKVACALCKVACALCKVALIGHTING4.485.6(125%)LARGEST MOTOR21.65.4(25%)MOTORS38.438.4(100%)RECEPTACLES3.563.56(50%>10)TOTAL LOAD52.9BALANCED 3-PHASE LOAD147 A
EXISTING LOADEXISTING LOADEXISTING LOADEXISTING LOADEXISTING LOADEXISTING LOADEXISTING LOADSPARESPARESPARESPARESPARESPARESPARESPARESPACESPACESPACEEXISTING LOAD EXISTING LOADEF-1, EF-2LIGHTING, RECEPTACLESPARESPARESPARESPARESPARESPARESPARESPARESPARESPARESPAREEXISTING LOADEXISTING LOAD VOLTAGE DROP SCHEDULEDEVICEFEEDERVOLTAGEDROPWIRE SIZEBRANCH CIRCUITMAX VOLTAGEDROPWIRESIZETOTALVOLTAGEDROP(X)MSA0%(3)#300kcmil- - 0%(X)PB0.99%#4/01.26% (CKT 6)#122.25% FAULT CURRENT SCHEDULEDEVICEFAULTAICRATINGL-NVOLTSUTILITYFAULTXR FED FROMDEVICEFAULTXR FEEDERSIZEX / 1000'R / 1000'LENGTHXR TRANSFORMERKVAZ%XRRATIOFAULTATPRIMARYXRTOTALMOTORFAULTDIRECTLY CONNECTED MOTOR LOADKVAFAULTXR(X)MSA42,41750,000120V42,0000.0028020.0005603(3)#300kcmil0.01370.01470 0 417(X)PB12,08822,000120V11,6620.0072560.007296(X)MSA42,0000.0028020.0005603#4/00.0410.062109'0.00450.0067 42638.44260.27330.06833 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULECALLOUTLAMPDESCRIPTIONMOUNTINGMODELMANUFACTURERTEMPERATUREINPUTWATTSVOLTSL1(1) HXPL SERIES HAZARDOUS AREALIGHTING FIXTURESCEILINGHXPL L48 2 5L AS DM40K EM10WCPHOLOPHANE4000KHOLOPHANE4000K47120V 1P 2WL2(1) 6" OPEN DOWNLIGHTCEILINGLDN6 40/05 L06 ARMVOLTLITHONIA4000KLITHONIA4000K6120V 1P 2W Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
210801ANANEG
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 9150 CHESAPEAKE DR, STE 220SAN DIEGO, CA 92123www.ELENconsulting.com BUILDINGDEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
ELECTRICALCALCULATIONSANDSCHEDULESE004
UTILIZE EXISTING SPARE CIRCUIT BREAKERFOR NEW CONNECTION.1 SHEET KEYED NOTES 1 1.CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTINGCONDITIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.2.CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ANDCONFIRM ALL NEW BREAKERS ARE TO BEFULLY RATED FOR THE AVAILABLE FAULT.
SHEET GENERAL NOTES
BID OPTIONREPLACE PANEL PB AND RECONNECT ALLLOAD WITH NEW PANEL . 50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
(X)MSA(X)PB
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
210801ANANEG
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 9150 CHESAPEAKE DR, STE 220SAN DIEGO, CA 92123www.ELENconsulting.com BUILDINGDEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
OVERALLPLAN
E100OVERALL PLANSCALE: 1/16" = 1'-00"NORTH
E1011
1 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTINGLOCATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT.2.ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN FORREFERENCE ONLY.
SHEET GENERAL NOTES
E1021
0"8'24'4'16'32'SCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0"
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
DN
A
1 2
(E) WOMENSTOILET101(E) STORAGE103 (E) POOLEQUIPMENT104 (E) MENS LOCKERROOM105 CHLORINESTORAGE112B
N/C
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
210801ANANEG
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 9150 CHESAPEAKE DR, STE 220SAN DIEGO, CA 92123www.ELENconsulting.com BUILDINGDEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
1.CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTINGCONDITIONS PRIOR ROUGH-IN.SHEET GENERAL NOTES PROVIDE CORROSION RESISTANTRECEPTACLE WITH SS FACEPLATE.1 SHEET KEYED NOTES ELECTRICAL POWER PLANSCALE: 1/4" = 1'- 0"NORTH1 ELECTRICALPOWERPLANE101 1 2
RELOCATE (2) EXISTING CHLORINE PUMPS TONEW LOCATION INDICATED. PROVIDE NEWNEMA 4X CORROSION RESISTANT DEVICESWITH IN USE COVERS. LOCATION ANDROUTING TO BE VERIFIED IN FIELD.2 0"2'6'1'4'8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
3 PROVIDE 120V POWER CONNECTION FOR EF.COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITHMECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.33 50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
A
1 2
B
(E) WOMENSTOILET101(E) STORAGE103 (E) POOLEQUIPMENT104
(E) MENS LOCKERROOM105
CHLORINESTORAGE112L1D
(X)PB-8
L2M(X)PB-8
N/C
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
210801ANANEG
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 9150 CHESAPEAKE DR, STE 220SAN DIEGO, CA 92123www.ELENconsulting.com BUILDINGDEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
ELECTRICALLIGHTINGPLANE201
1.CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTINGCONDITIONS PRIOR ROUGH-IN.SHEET GENERAL NOTES PROVIDE CORROSION RESISTANT DIMMERWITH SS FACEPLATE.1 SHEET KEYED NOTES ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLANSCALE: 1/4" = 1'- 0"NORTH1
1 FIELD VERIFY MOUNTING KIT BASED ONEQUIPMENT LAYOUT AND CEILING/ROOFCONDITION.2 2 0"2'6'1'4'8'SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
210801ANANEG
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 9150 CHESAPEAKE DR, STE 220SAN DIEGO, CA 92123www.ELENconsulting.com BUILDINGDEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
SHEET NUMBER:
TITLE - 24
E301
Project Number:Drawn By:Checked By:Sheet Title:Approved By:
PROJECT:
6353 DEL CERRO BLVD., SAN DIEGO, CA 92120 619.698.9177 | www.jeffkatzarchitecture.com SHEET NUMBER:
Description:Date:50% CD02/28/22
210801ANANEG
LAS POSAS POOLCITY OF SAN MARCOS1387 W BORDEN RDSAN MARCOS, CA 92069 9150 CHESAPEAKE DR, STE 220SAN DIEGO, CA 92123www.ELENconsulting.com BUILDINGDEPT.SUBMITTAL03/14/22
50% CD 02/28/22
BUILDING DEPT.
SUBMITTAL
100% PS&E
03/14/22
06/03/22
SHEET NUMBER:
TITLE - 24
E302
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-1
SECTION 03310
BUILDING CONCRETE WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop and placement drawings of all reinforcing.
1. Placement drawings shall show the locations and spacing of reinforcing in the various parts of the structure with details as required, in accordance with ACI Detailing Manual. Cutting and bending lists submitted without placement drawings will be returned without review as incomplete. Placement drawings shall be complete so that placement of the reinforcing may proceed without reference to the design drawings.
2. Mechanical couplers: Where mechanical couplers are required or permitted to be used to splice reinforcement steel, manufacturer's literature shall be submitted which contains instructions and recommendations for installation for each type of coupler used; certified test reports which verify the load capacity of each type and size of coupler used; and shop drawings which show the location of each coupler with details of how they are to be installed in the formwork.
B. Submit mill tests and manufacturer's certification of compliance with CBC (2007 edition). Provide the following tests:
1. Portland Cement Test: One sample shall be taken for each 100 tons of cement except when used in bulk loading ready mix plants where separate bins for pre -tested cement are not available, grab samples shall be taken for each shipment of cement placed in the bin with not less than one sample being taken for each day's pour and such samples shall be subsequently tested if required by the Architect.
a. For normal weight concrete, test aggregates in accordance with ASTM C33.
b. Tests on component materials and for compressive strength and shrinkage of concrete will be performed as specified herein. Test for determining slump will be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 143.
2. Tests of Reinforcing Bars: Where samples are taken from bundles as delivered from the mill, with the bundles identified as to heat number, and provided the mill analyses accompany the report then on e tensile test and one bend test shall be made from a specimen from each 10 tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcing steel.
a. Where positive identification of the heat number cannot be made or where random samples are to be taken, then one series of tests shall be made from each 2-1/2 tons or fractions thereof, of each size of reinforcing steel.
3. Batch Plant Inspection: Except as provided below, the quality and quantity of materials used in transit mixed concrete and in batched aggregate s hall be continuously inspected at the location where materials are measured by a specially approved inspector.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-2
a. Exception: Batch plant inspection may be waived if the concrete plant complies fully with the requirements of CBC Standard 19-4 and has been certified to comply with the requirements of the National Ready Mix concrete Association. The plant must be equipped with an automatic batcher in which the total batching cycle, except for the measuring and introduction of an admixture, is completed by activating a single starter device.
4. Placing Record: A record shall be kept on the work of the time and date of placing the concrete in each portion of the structure. Such record shall be kept until the completion of the structure and shall be open to the inspection of the Architect.
5. Composite Construction Cores: Three test cores of the completed concrete construction shall be taken to demonstrate the shear strength along the contact surfaces. The cores shall be tested when the cast in place concrete is approximately 28 days old and shall be tested by a shear loading parallel to the joint between the precast concrete and the cast in place concrete. The minimum unit shear strength of the contact surface area of the core shall be not less than 100 pounds p er square inch. The Architect or his representative shall designate the location for sampling.
6. Grout
a. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each type of grout, and at intervals thereafter as selected by the Architect to insure continued compliance with these specifications. The specimens will be made by the Architect or its representative.
b. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for cement grout and non -shrink grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C 109 at intervals during construction as selected by the Architect. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at 7 days, 28 days, and each additional time period as appropriate.
c. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for epoxy grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C 579, Method B, at intervals during construction as selected by the Architect. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at 7 days, and each earlier time period as appropriate.
d. All grout, already placed, which fails to meet the requirements of these specifications, is subject to removal and replacement at the cost of the Contractor.
e. The cost of all laboratory tests on grout will be borne by the Owner, but the Contractor shall assist the Architect in obtaining specimens for testing. However, the Contractor shall be charged for the cost of any additional tests and investigation on work performed which does not meet the specifications. The Contractor shall supply all materials necessary for fabricating the test specimens.
C. Submit mix design a minimum of seven days prior to placement. Provide the following submittals in accordance with ACI-301:
1. Mill tests for cement.
2. Admixture certification. Chloride ion content must be included.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-3
3. Aggregate gradation and certification.
4. Materials and methods for curing.
D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer=s product data for all material provided and installed under this section of work, including curing compounds, colored concrete and concrete sealer.
E. Samples: Submit the following:
1. Provide 4 foot square test sample of concrete for each color and pattern indicated. Samples must be reviewed and approved prior to scheduling actual concrete pours.
F. Grout: Submit the following:
1. Manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations on the mixing, handling, placement, and appropriate uses for each type of non -shrink and epoxy grouts proposed for use in the WORK.
2. Certified test results verifying the compressive strength, shrinkage, and expansion properties for proposed non-shrink and epoxy grouts.
1.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY
A. Storage of Materials: Cement and aggregates shall be stored at the work in such manner as to prevent deterioration or intrusion of any foreign matter. Cement shall be kept dry and any material which has deteriorated or which has been damaged shall not be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Normal Weight Aggregates: Normal sand -gravel aggregates conforming to ASTM C 3 3. The coarse aggregates shall be prepared and handled in two or more size groups for combined aggregates with a maximum size greater than 3/4-inch.
B. Cement: "Standard Specifications for Portland Cement" ASTM C 150, Type II.
C. Water: Potable, clean and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkali, oil, or organic materials.
D. Admixtures: All admixtures shall be compatible and by a single manufacturer capable of providing qualified field service representation. Admixtures shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. If the use of an admixture is producing an inferior end result, the Contractor shall discontinue use of the admixture. Admixtures shall not contain thiocyanates nor more than
0.05 percent chloride ion, and shall be non-toxic after 30 days.
1. Air-entraining agent meeting the requirements of ASTM C 260 shall be used. Sufficient air- entraining agent shall be used to provide a total air content of 3 to 5 percent. The Owner reserves the right, at any time, to sample and test the air-entraining agent received on the job by the Contractor. The air -entraining agent shall be added to the batch in a portion of the mixing water. The solution shall be batched by means of a mechanical batcher capable of accurate measurement. Air content shall be tested at the point of placement.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-4
2. Set controlling and water reducing admixtures: Admixtures may be added at the Contractor's option to control the set, effect water reduction, and increase workability. The addition of an admixture shall be at the Contractor's expense. The use of an admixture shall be subject to acceptance by the Architect. Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a location determined by the Architect. Admixtures specified herein shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 494. The required quantity of cement shall be used in the mix regardless of whether or not an admixture is used.
a. Concrete shall not contain more than one water reducing admixture. Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a location determined by the Architect.
b. Set controlling admixture shall be either with or without water -reducing properties.
Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be consistently over 80 degrees F, a set retarding admixture shall be used.
c. Normal range water reducer shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type A. The quantity of admixture used and the method of mixing shall be in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing bars, except as otherwise indicated, shall be new, deformed steel conforming to ASTM A 615, grade 60.
B. All reinforcing to be welded shall be ASTM A706, grade 60.
C. Accessories shall include all necessary chair s, slab b olsters, concrete blocks, tie wires, dips, supports, spacers, and other devices to position reinforcement during concrete placement.
Concrete blocks (dobies), used to support and position reinforcement steel, shall have the same or higher compressive strength as specified for the concrete in which it is located. Wire ties shall be embedded in concrete block bar supports.
D. Mechanical Couplers
1. Mechanical couplers shall be provided where shown and where approved by the Architect.
The coup lers shal l develop a tensile strength which exceeds 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars being spliced at each splice.
2. Where the type of coupler used is composed of more than one component, all components required for a complete splice shall be supplied. This shall apply to all mechanical splices, including those splices intended for future connections.
3. The reinforcement steel and coupler used shall be compatible for obtaining the required strength of the connection. Straight threaded type couplers shall require the use of the next larger size reinforcing bar or shall be used with reinforcing bars with specially forged ends which provide upset threads which do not decrease the basic cross section of the bar.
4. Contractor shall submit manufacturer catalog showing conformance with specifications and location where it will be used for approval by Architect.
2.03 JOINT MATERIALS
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-5
A. Premoulded Expansion Joint Filler: 1/2" thick, depth as required by slab thickness of premoulded, resilient, non-bituminous material.
B. Joint Cap: Plastic expansion joint cover cap with removable cover to receive sealant, by White Cap, JP Specialties, or equal.
C. Sealant: Expansion joint sealer and backer rod shall be in accordance with Section 07920.
2.04 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for tight fit.
B. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete sur faces which will be exposed in finished structure with plywood, metal, metal framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth e xposed surfaces. Provide in largest practical sizes to minimize joint locations and to conform to joint layout indicated.
1. Use plywood complying with US Product Standards PS-1, "B-B (Concrete Form) Plywood", Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill-oiled and edge sealed, with each piece bearing legible inspection trademark.
C. Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS
A. Curing Compound: Liquid membrane forming compound con forming to ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, Type I, Class A, all-resin and free of paraffin or petroleum. Moisture loss not more than
0.55 kg/sq. meter when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal. Curing compound and areas receiving it must be approved in advance by the Architect.
1. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of 350 mg per liter.
2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a. SINAK VC5 by SINAK Corporation
3. Brand of curing compound to be used on slabs where resilient flooring is to be applied shall be approved by installer of resilient flooring.
4. No sealer or curing compound shall be applied to concrete surfaces which are to receive ceramic tile. All surfaces must be cured a minimum of 28 days prior to tile installation.
5. Curing compound where the interior finished floor surface is exposed concrete (as indicated) shall be clear sealer hardener as specified.
B. Sand Fill for Concrete Slabs on Grade: Imported clean sand.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-6
C. Vapor Barrier: Stego Wrap (15 -mil) Vapor Barrier by STEGO INDUSTRIES LLC, San Juan Capistrano, CA (877) 464-7834 www.stegoindustries.com, WR Meadows or equal.
1. Provide vapor retarding tape, vapor proof mastic and pipe boots per manufacturer =s recommendation.
D. Non-Shrink Grout: Sika, Master Flow, or equal, non-shrink, non-metallic grout. Non-shrink grout shall be a prepackaged, inorganic, non-gas-liberating, non-metallic, cement-based grout requiring only the addition of water. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each bag or other container in which the materials are packaged. The specific formulation for each class of non - shrink grout indicated herein shall be that recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application.
1. Class B non-shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 5000 psi and shall meet the requirements of CRD C 621.
a. Class B non -shrink grout shall be used for the repair of all holes and defects in concrete members which are not water-bearing and not in contact with soil or other fill material, grouting under all base plates for structural steel members, and grouting railing posts in place.
b. Prepackaged grouts shall have ingredients measured by means recommended by the manufacturer.
E. Gravel: Pea gravel not to exceed 3/8 inch maximum particle size.
F. Detectable Warning Surface: Cast -In-Place Composite Paver Tiles by ADA Solutions Inc. (www.adatile.com), or equal. Provide in 36" x width of sidewalk sections unless noted otherwise.
Color shall be “Yellow”.
G. Exterior Concrete Sealer: “Glaze & Seal”, enhanced.
H. Final Seal: UL-390 E-Zee Seal, by Hanson-Loran.
J. Clear Sealer Hardener: Ashford Formula, by Curecrete Chemical Company, Inc. (801) 489-5663.
2.06 MIXES
A. Provide mix design in accordance with ACI 318. Include manufacturer literature for all admixtures used in mix design.
B. Provide concrete of the strengths indicated in the structural general notes.
C. Base mix design on maximum 4" slump for normal weight concrete with a maximum water-cement ratio of 0.45.
D. Ready-Mix Concrete: Mixed and delivered in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 94.
1. Concrete may be rejected if not placed in final position within 1-1/2 hours after water is first added to the batch, or if not in such condition that it can be properly placed.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-7
2. Each mixer truck shall be accompanied by a Public Weighmaster's Certificate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FORMS
A. All forms shall conform to the shape, lines, and dimen sions of the members as called for on the plans, and shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. Provide openings in formwork as required.
B. Construction: Conform to the requirements of ACI -347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork", except as modified herein. Provide chamfers as noted or detailed, otherwise provide square corners. Provide offsets, recesses, etc., as required.
C. Form Coatings: Coat contact surfaces of forms with a form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Inserts and Anchors: Comply with ACI-318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete", for embedded conduits and piping, except as modified by the drawings.
1. Carefully check all other trades before completing forms and placing concrete to determine that all embedded items are in place.
2. Set all miscellaneous anchors, bolts, ties, dowels, plates, etc. All must be set and tied prior to pouring.
3. Cooperate completely with other trades in the proper settings, aligning and securing of all items built into and dependent on the concrete work.
E. Forms shall be reviewed by the Architect prior to concrete pour.
F. Removal of Forms: The supporting forms shall not be disturbed until the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit their removal with safety.
1. In no case shall the forms be removed from walls and footings sooner than five days.
2. Forms shall be removed in accordance with requirements of the ACI-347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" without damage to concrete and in a manner to ensure complete safety of the structure.
3. Freshly stripped surfaces shall not be painted up or touched in any manner before having been inspected.
3.02 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. All reinforcement shall be bent and placed in accordance with the "Code of Standard Practice" of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. All steel shall be thoroughly cleaned of mill scale, rust and coatings that will destroy or reduce the bond. Steel shall be accurately positioned and secured in place with annealed wire of not smaller than No. 14 gage.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-8
B. All horizontal slab and pavement steel shall be supported on precast concrete blocks or approved chairs of the proper size and spaced so as to keep the steel at the proper height in the slab.
C. Provide UFER ground consisting of steel reinforcing bar of at least 1/2" diameter at least 20' in length encased in concrete foundation at telephone and electric room per National Electric Code and as indicated.
D. Fabrication
1. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately formed to the dimensions and shapes shown, and the fabricating details shall be prepared in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318, except as indicated. Stirrups and tie bars shall be bent around a pin having a diameter not less than 1- 1/2-inch for No. 3 bars, 2-inch for No. 4 bars, and 2-1/2-inch for No. 5 bars. Bends for other bars shall be made around a pin having a diameter not less than 6 times the bar diameter, except for bars larger than 1 inch, in which case the bends shall be made around a pin of 8 bar diameters. Bars shall be bent cold.
2. The Contractor shall fabricate reinforcement bars for structures in accordance with bending diagrams, placing lists, and placing drawings.
3. Fabricating Tolerances: Bars used for concrete reinforcement shall meet the following requirements for fabricating tolerances:
Sheared length: + 1 inch
Depth of truss bars: + 0, - 1/2 inch
Stirrups, ties, and spirals: + 1/2 inch
All other bends: + 1 inch
E. Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement placing tolerances shall be within the limits specified in Section 7.5 of ACI 318 except where in conflict with the requirements of the CBC.
F. Expansion Joints: Provide dowels at all expansion joints.
3.03 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Concrete shall not be placed until all reinforcement is securely and properly fastened in its correct position and items required to be embedded in the concrete have been placed and anchored, forms cleaned and oiled as specified; and until the form work has been reviewed by the Architect for general conformance to the construction documents.
B. All concrete shall be placed upon clean, damp surfaces free from standing water, and never upon soft mud, dry porous earth, or upon fills that have not been subject to approved puddling or tamping so that ultimate settlement has occurred.
1. Concrete shall not be placed in water nor shall water be allowed to rise over freshly placed concrete until the concrete has obtained its final set.
C. Concrete shall be deposited in approximately horizontal layers, not to exceed twelve inches in thick- ness, unless otherwise authorized, and the pour shall be carried on in a continuous operation, as far as practicable, until the placing in the course, section, panel or monolith is completed.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-9
D. Concrete in foundation walls shall be consolidated with the aid of approved mechani cal vibrating equipment. The intensity, duration, and vibration shall be sufficient to accomplish thorough compaction. The concrete shall be compacted and worked in an approved manner into all corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcement and embedded fixtures.
E. Concrete Floor Slabs on Grade:
1. After all utilities or other installations required under the slab have been installed, place sand over compacted grade and then place vapor barrier over sand,
3.04 CURING
A. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
1. Initial Curing: Unless specified otherwise, initial curing shall immediately follow the finishing operation. Concrete shall be kept continuously moist for a minimum of three days. One of the following methods shall be used.
a. Ponding or continuous sprinkling.
b. Absorptive mat or fabric kept continuously wet.
B. Sealer Hardeners on interior exposed concrete surfaces
1. Initial Curing: Initial curing shall immediately follow the finishing operation. Concrete shall be kept continuously moist for a minimum of three days. One of the following methods shall be used.
a. Ponding or continuous sprinkling.
b. Absorptive mat or fabric kept continuously wet (plastic sheeting shall not be used).
2. Initial Sealer Hardener Application: Apply flood coat of sealer hardener per manufacturer's recommendations, immediately following the troweling operation.
Saturate surface with sealer. Concrete shall not be allowed to become d ry. Appl y additional material as required. After recommended time, lightly mist the surface of the concrete with water and agitate the surface with a broom to aid in penetration. After waiting recommended time, again flush the surface with water and rem ove by squeegee or wet-vac and residual sealer hardener material. After removing excess material, resume wet cure as indicated above.
a. Any residual sealer which is not properly flushed may leave a white residue, which must be removed by sanding.
3. Minimum curing time for initial application is 30 days.
C. Curing Compounds for non-exposed Concrete Areas
1. Slabs-On-Grade: Apply specified curing compound to concrete faces.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-10
a. Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power sprayer or roller in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. No sealer or curing compound shall be applied to concrete surfaces which are to receive ceramic tile. All surfaces must be cured a minimum of 28 days prior to tile installation.
b. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
c. Protect surfaces from abrasion during curing period.
3.05 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES
A. After screeding and leveling concrete to proper elevation, tamp with heavy grille tamper until at least 3/8" of mortar has been brought to the surface; as soon as the surface becomes workable, work with float, pushing down all coarse aggregate, filling all holes and leveling surface to a true and even surface, level, or sloped as detailed.
1. Refer to drawings for location of finishes.
B. Slabs to receive ceramic tile shall be floated to a uniform sandy finish. Surfaces shall be left clean, free of dust, oil, grease, wax, tar, paint, curing agents, sealers, form release agents or and deleterious substance which may reduce or prevent tile adhesion.
C. Smooth Trowel Finish (For interior concrete finish floors and sub -floors for resilient flooring and carpet): Float and trowel to a perfectly smooth finish. Steel trowel finish shall be composed of at least three separate steel trowel operations.
3.06 EXTERIOR SLAB FINISHES
A. After screeding and leveling concrete to proper elevation, tamp with heavy grille tamper until at least 3/8" of mortar has been brought to the surface; as soon as the surface becomes workable, work with float, pushing down all coarse aggregate, filling all holes and leveling surface to a true and even surface, level, or sloped as detailed.
1. Refer to drawings for location of finishes.
B. All exterior walking surfaces not indicated otherwise s hall be h ave a medium broomed finish (Coefficient of Friction .60).
3.07 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough-Formed Surfaces: Provide a rough-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished work. This is the concrete surfac e having texture imparted by form facing material used, with tie -holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off.
B. Smooth-Formed Surfaces: Provide a smooth-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view in the finished work. This is an as-cast concrete surface with selected form facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner, with a minimum of seams. repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed.
C. Related Uniform Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar uniformed surfaces
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-11
adjacent to a formed surface, strike off smooth and finish with a texture to match the adjacent formed surface. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
3.08 JOINTS
A. Locate as indicated on the drawings.
B. Construction Joints: Wet hardened concrete and keep wet for twenty -four hours before placing concrete.
C. Interior Slab Control Joints: Provide expansion and weakened plan control joints where indicated on drawings. Install as indicated and according to manufacturer's instructions.
1. Sawcut joints will only be permitted where approved in advance by Architect.
2. All sawcutting of joints must be completed within 8 hours of concrete pour.
3.09 DETECTABLE WARNING PAVERS
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer=s instructions.
3.10 PATCHING AND FINISHING
A. All exposed concrete which is above grade and is not formed as shown on the drawings, or for any reason is out of alignment, or is not true, or is not plumb or level, or is not in plane, or shows a defective surface, or is not otherwise in true and continuous form, shall be considered as not conforming with the intent of the specifications.
1. The maximum permissible deviation from true straight surfaces shall be 1/8" in ten feet.
2. All surfaces not mee ting the above require ments shall be machine ground and honed to come within the above tolerance or shall be removed and replaced.
B. Contractor shall remove defective concrete from the job, or if permission is given, patch defective concrete at no cost to the Owner. Removal shall be accomplished by sawcutting around the defective area at the nearest construction joint.
C. After the forms have been removed, all concrete surfaces shall be inspected and any pour joints, voids, stone pockets or other defective areas permitted by Architect to be patched, and all tie holes, shall be patched before the concrete is thoroughly dry.
1. Defective areas shall be chipped away to a depth of not less than one inch with the edges perpendicular to the surface.
2. The area to be patched and a space of at least six inches wide entirely surrounding it shall be wetted to prevent absorption of water from the patching mortar.
3. A grout of equal parts of portland cement and sand with sufficient water to pr oduce a brushing consistency shall then be well brushed into the surface, followed immediately by the patching mortar.
4. The patch shall be finished in such manner as to match the adjoining surface in both texture
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022 10/26/15 City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-12
and color.
3.10 SEALING OF INTERIOR CONCRETE
A. Thoroughly clean all interior exposed concrete surfaces per manufacturer's recommendations, to provide a clean, dust free surface.
B. After allowing the surface to dry, apply a mist coat of the specified sealer hardener to all exposed concrete surfaces per manufacturer=s recommendations. Broom the surface to evenly distribute the sealer hardener material and allow it to dry completely.
C. After sealer hardener is dry, buff the floor to a wax like sheen using a high-speed propane fueled burnisher as recommended by the manufacturer. Repeat the buffing process four times as recommended by the manufacturer.
D. Final Seal: Apply final seal to all exposed concrete floors. Apply two coats in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Verif y timing of application with requirements of the sealer hardener manufacturer.
3.11 SEALING OF EXTERIOR CONCRETE
A. Thoroughly clean all exposed concrete surfaces per manufacturer's recommendations, to provide a clean, dust free surface.
B. After allowing the surface to dry, apply the two-component sealer to all exterior concrete surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Cylinders shall be taken by an approved Testing Laboratory per Specification Section 01410, "Testing and Inspection", and shall be made in accordance with ASTM C 31. Concrete shall be tested in accordance with "Standard Method of Making Compression Tests of Concrete" ASTM C
39. 1. At least five identical cylinders shall be tested for each one-hundred cubic yards or fraction thereof of each type and strength of structural concrete, and shall be tested at the ages of seven and twenty-eight days.
2. Contractor to notify the designated testing lab of pour times prior to placement of any concrete. Contractor shall ensure testing laboratory is present at the site at all times during placement of concrete.
B. If minimum ultimate strength of test cylinders falls below compressive strengths called for on the plans, permission may be granted to Contractor to demonstrate that concrete meets specifications by taking cores, and testing as specified in ASTM C 42.
1. Costs of such re-testing will be paid for by Contractor.
2. If com pressive tests of core specimens fail to show compres sive s trength a ssumed in design, concrete will be deemed defective and shall be replaced or adequately strengthened at no cost to the Owner.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Building Concrete Work
San Marcos, California 03310-13
3.13 PROTECTION OF FINISHED CONCRETE SURFACES
A. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect c ompleted work.
1. In areas where concrete forms the finished floor surface Con tractor shall cover concrete with appropriate material to protect finish from damage from tools and equipment.
b. Wheeled vehicles and lifts shall not be driven on concrete f loors without protection. In addition, place drip pans under units to prevent any oils from being spilled on finished concrete surfaces.
2. Should damage, chipping or staining occur at any finished co ncrete surfaces, Contractor shall be responsible to remove concrete to nearest joint and reinstal l to match the remaining surfaces, at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.14 GROUTING PROCEDURES
A. Prepackage Grouts: All mixing, surface preparation, handlin g, placing, consolidation, curing, and other means of execution for prepackaged grouts shall be done according to the instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer.
B. Base Plate Grouting:
1. For base plates, the original concrete shall be blocked out or finished off a sufficient distance below the plate to provide for a one-inch thickness of grout or a thickness as indicated.
2. After the base plate has been set in position at the proper elevation by steel wedges or double nuts on the anchor bolts, the space between the bottom of the plate and the original pour of concrete shall be filled with non-shrink-type grout. T he mixture shall be of a trowelable consistency and tamped or rodded solidly into the space between the plate and the base concrete. A backing board or stop shall be provided at the back side of the space to be filled with grout. Where this method of placement is not practical or where required by the Architect, alternate grouting methods shall be submitted for acceptance.
C. Consolidation: Grout shall be placed in such a manner, for the consistency necessary for each application, so as to assure that the space to be grouted is completely filled.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all concrete work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions, including but not limited to subgrade, base course, reinforcement, and curbs. Contractor to refer to Struct ural Plans for specifications on concrete for foundations.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Construct Building Foundations and Slab on Grade” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Concrete Floor Finish
San Marcos, California 03350-1
SECTION 03350
CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes cleaning, preparation, application of Concrete Flooring Sealer, sawcuts, grouting, sealing, application of maintenance coat, and as indicated.
B. Related documents: The conditions of the Contract apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data and MSDS sheets for material to be used for HDCF.
B. VOC Emissions from stains and coatings must not exceed the VOC and chemical component limits of the Green Seal=s Standard GS-11 requirements.
C. Provide a 4’ x 4’ sample with the specified finish for approval prior to commencing work.
D. Submit evidence of certified quality control procedures and experience. Installer qualifications for experience, demonstration of square footage installed, number of projects, and contact information to verify experience as indicated in Quality Control section of this specification.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality standards: The standards named herein a re specified to establish standards of quality, performance and compliance with the design concrete, which is to duplicate the color of the approved “referee sample”.
B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each color, type, and variety and joint materials from a single source with resources to provide products and materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Impregnator: Husqvarna Hiperfloor, by Husqvarna, or equal.
B. Sealer: Prosoco LS Guard, or equal.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Concrete Floor Finish
San Marcos, California 03350-2
C. All material shall be furnished, prepared, applied, cured and stored according to Product Manufacturer directions specified for use in tended as specific herein, with special attention given to recommended temperature range for penetrating color mix.
PART 3 - EXECUTIONS
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Preparation: Clean concrete to ensure the surface is free of all epoxy, latency, dirt, dust, grease, paint and any foreign material prior to the color application in accordance with the color manufacturer=s recommendations.
3.02 APPLICATION
A. Grind concrete with 4 0 grit up to 80 grit until all epoxy is removed and there is a uniform scratch pattern and desired concrete exposure is achieved per mockup.
B. Apply a densifying impregnator per manufacturer’s instructions. Cover the entire work area liberally and allo w to sit for 10 minutes. Apply again to areas where the densifying impregnator has soaked in and allow to sit for an additional 30 minutes. Squeegee excess material off the floor. Allow 12 to 24 hours for full cure.
C. Polish the surface to match approved sample.
3.03 SEALER
A. Allow impregnator to completely dry prior to application.
B. The surface shall be sealed with Prosoco LS Guard.
C. Apply per manufacturer’s instructions.
D. Allow sealer to dry before applying second coat.
E. Burnish between each coat.
F. Apply additional coats per manufacturer’s instructions (minimum of three).
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Field Services (by Contractor) Technical representative from manufacturer shall provide the following field services during installation.
1. Perform pre-installation examination and acceptance of substrate and surface preparation for each stage.
2. Be present at initial start -up for each process. Confirm application rates and techniques.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Concrete Floor Finish
San Marcos, California 03350-3
3.05 CLEAN UP
A. During the progress and at the completion of the work, remove all trash, debris, etc. from the project site and leave the site clean and in an orderly condition.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. All special finishes of concrete surfaces shall be protected until final acceptance of the project.
B. Protect floor from traffic for at least 24 hours after final application of sealer.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all concrete finish work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions. Contractor to refer to Structural Plans for specifications on concrete for foundations.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Concrete Finish and Slab on Grade” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Building Insulation
San Marcos, California 07200-1
SECTION 07200
BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Fiberglass batt thermal insulation for exterior envelope assemblies.
2. Fiberglass acoustical blanket insulation for interior partitions.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C423 Test Method for Sound Absorption Coefficient by the Reverberation Room Method.
B. ASTM C518 Test Method for Steady State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter.
C. ASTM C665 Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing.
D. ASTM E119 Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials E. ASTM E136 Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C.
F. ASTM E84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit product characteristics, performance criteria, and limitations, including installation instructions, for each type of product indicated.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Thermal Conductivity: Where insulation is identified by "R" value, provide thickness required to achieve indicated value.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in manufacturer’s original packaging.
B. Protect insulation from physical dam age and from becoming wet or soiled. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and protection during installation.
C. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.
D. Do not install insulation that has been damaged or wet.
1. An exception may be allowed in cases where the contractor is able to demonstrate that wet insulation when fully dried out (either before installat ion or afterward following exposure to system operating temperatures) will provide installed performance that is equivalent in respects to new, completely dry insulation. In such cases, consult the insulation manufacturer for technical assistance.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Building Insulation
San Marcos, California 07200-2
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. Insulation materials shall be fiberglass batts or blankets of the types and R-values specified for the various applications as manufactured by Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp., or equal.
2.02 BATT INSULATION
A. Thermal Insulation (Non-Rated), Exterior Walls: Kraft faced batt insulation, ASTM C 665, Type II, Class C.
1. R-Value:
a. Wood Stud Framed, 2x6: R-21, 5-1/2 inch thickness, 15 inch width. b. Wood Stud Framed, 2x12: R-38, 12-1/4 inch thickness, 16 inch width.
2. ICC Building Code Construction Classification: III, IV, V.
3. Perm Rating: 1 perm maximum per ASTM E96.
B. Thermal Insulation (Non-Rated), Flat Roofs with Exposed Ceiling: Polyscrim-Kraft (PSK) faced batt insulation, ASTM C 655, Type II, Class A, Category 1.
1. R-Value: R-30, 9-1/2 inch thickness, 24 inch width.
2. Insulation materials shall have a f lame spread rating of less than 25, and a smoke developed index less than 50 per ASTM E84.
3. ICC building Code Construction Classification: I, II, III, IV, V.
4. Perm Rating: 0.02 perm maximum per ASTM E96.
C. Thermal Insulation (Non-Rated), Flat Roofs/Ceilings: Kraft faced batt insulation, ASTM C 665, Type II, Class C.
1. R-Value: R-30, 9-1/2 inch thickness, 24 inch width.
2. ICC Building Code Construction Classification: III, IV, V.
3. Perm Rating: 1 perm maximum per ASTM E96.
D. Thermal Insulation (Non-Rated), Sloped Roofs/Ceilings: Kraft faced batt insulation, ASTM C 665, Type II, Class C.
1. R-Value: R-30C, 8-1/4 inch thickness, 23-3/4 inch width.
2. ICC Building Code Construction Classification: III, IV, V.
3. Perm Rating: 1 perm maximum per ASTM E96.
E. Acoustic Insulation, Interior Walls (2x4 wood stud) & Ceilings : Unfaced sound attenuation batt insulation, ASTM C 665, Type I.
1. Insulation materials shall have a flame spread rating of less than 10 , and a smoke developed San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Building Insulation
San Marcos, California 07200-3
index less than 10 per ASTM E84.
2. Combustion Characteristics: Passes ASTM E136.
3. Fire Resistance Ratings: Part of ASTM E119 fire tested wall assemblies.
4. Sound Transmission Class: ASTM C423, STC 49.
5. Dimensional Stability: Linear Shrinkage less than 0.1%.
F. Insulation, Interior Walls (2x6 wood stud): Unfaced batt insulation, ASTM C 665, Type I.
1. R-Value: R-21, 5-1/2 inch thickness, 15 inch width.
2. Insulation materials shall have a flame spread rating of less than 25, and a smoke developed index less than 50 per ASTM E84.
3. Combustion Characteristics: Passes ASTM E136.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section wi ll be installed. Correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Do not install insulation until suc h a time as the con struction has progressed to the point that inclement weather will not damage or wet the insulation material.
B. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with work.
C. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Fully insulate all small areas between closely spaced framing members. Remove products which interfere with placement. Install full height of the wall or between joists.
D. Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. Insulation shall be continuous behind all light switches, convenience outlets, etc.
E Fluff insulation to full thickness for specified R-value before installation. Do not compress insulation in the cavity during installation, creating gaps or voids that could diminish thermal value.
F. Install batt insulation between framing with flanges continuously tight against framing members, using staples or nails.
G. Install insulation between framing for friction fit where enclosed between two hard surfaces. Install with wire support where enclosed on one side only.
H. For batt insulation with factory-applied facing, install with vapor retarder membrane facing warm in winter side of building spaces or as specified by local building code. Lap ends and side flanges of membrane over or between framing members. Tape to seal tears, cuts or misalignments in membrane.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Building Insulation
San Marcos, California 07200-4
I. If eave ventilation baffles are required, install ventilation baffles at eaves to hold insulation down from roof sheathing and provide positive ventilation from eave to attic space.
3.03 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to weather and physical abuse until protected by permanent construction.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all insulation work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Insulation” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Weather Barriers
San Marcos, California 07250-1
SECTION 07250
WEATHER BARRIERS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Weather-resistive barriers (building paper) including sealing joints and protrusions through membranes, with accessories as required for complete installation.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 06100 “Rough Carpentry”.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C920 – Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.
B. ASTM C1193 – Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants.
C. ASTM D882 - Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting.
D. ASTM D1117 – Standard Guide for Evaluating Non-woven Fabrics.
E. ASTM D779 – Standard Test Method for Water Resistance of Paper, Paperboard and Other Sheet Materials by the Dry Indicator Test Method.
F. ASTM E84 – Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
G. ASTM E96 – Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
H. ASTM E1677 – Specification for Air Retarder Material or System for Framed Building Walls.
I ASTM E2178 – Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials.
J. AATCC Test Method 127 Water Resistance: Hydrostatic Pressure Test K. TAPPI Test Method T-410; Grams of Paper and Paperboard (Weight per Unit Area).
L. TAPPI Test Method T-460; Air Resistance (Gurley Hill Method).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer current technical literature for each type of membrane and component.
B. Samples: Submit samples of each type of material.
C. Quality Assurance Submittals
1. Manufacturer Instructions: Provide manufacturer’s written installation instructions.
D. Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s standard warranty.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Weather Barriers
San Marcos, California 07250-2
1. Products shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two years from the date of purchase. This warranty does not apply to loss due to abuse. Material fo und to be defective will be replaced at no charge by the manufacturer, but in no event shall the manufacturer be liable for any other costs or damages, including any labor costs.
E. Closeout Submittals: Refer to Section 01710 “Contract Closeout”.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
1. Installer shall have experience with installation of similar weather barrier assemblies under similar conditions.
2. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s installation guidelines and recommendations.
3. Source Limitations: Provide weather barrier and accessory materials produced by single manufacturer.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver weather barrier materials and components in manufacturer’s original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact.
B. Store weather barrier materials as recommended by system manufacturer.
1.07 SCHEDULING
A. Review requirements for sequencing of installation of weather barrier assembly with installation of windows, doors, louvers and flashings to provide a weather-tight barrier assembly.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER, BASE LAYER
A. Textured, spunbonded polyolefin, non-woven, non-perforated weather barrier, Tyvek StuccoWrap by DuPont Building Innovations, or equal.
B. Performance Characteristics:
1. Air Penetration: 0.004 cfm/ft2 at 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTM E2178. Type I per ASTM E1677.
2. Water Vapor Transmission: 50 perms, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96, Method B.
3. Water Penetration Resistance: 2 10 cm when tested in accordance with AATCC Test Method 127.
4. Basis Weight: 2.1 oz/yd2, when tested in accordance with TAPPI Test Method T -410.
5. Air Resistance: 300 seconds, when tested in accordance with TAPPI Test Method T -460.
6. Tensile Strength: 30/30 lbs/in., when tested in accordance with ASTM D882, Method A.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Weather Barriers
San Marcos, California 07250-3
7. Tear Resistance: 7/9 lbs, when tested in accordance with ASTM D1117.
8. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Flame Spread: 5, Smoke Developed: 25
C. Accessories:
1. Seam Tape: 3-inch wide, by weather barrier manufacturer.
2. Fasteners: #4 nails with large 1 -inch plastic cap fasteners or 1 -inch plastic cap staples with leg length sufficient to achieve a minimum penetration of 5/8-inch into the wood stud.
3. Sealants: Refer to Section 07920 “Joint Sealants”.
a. Provide sealants that comply with ASTM C920, elastomeric polymer sealant to maintain watertight conditions, as recommended by the weather barrier manufacturer.
4. Adhesive: Provide adhesive recommended by weather barrier manufacturer.
5. Primer: Provide primer to assist in adhesion between substrate and flashing, as recommended by the weather barrier manufacturer.
6. Flashing
a. Flexible membrane flashing materials for window openings and penetrations. b. Dual-sided, straight flashing membrane materials for brickmold and non -flanged windows and doors.
c. Thru-Wall Surface Adhered Membrane with Integrated Drip Edge: Thru -Wall flashing membrane materials for flashing at changes in direction or e levation (shelf angles, foundations, etc.) and at transitions between different assembly materials. d. Preformed Inside and Outside Corners and End Dams: Preformed three -dimensional shapes to complete the flashing system used in conjunction with weather ba rrier manufacturer’s standard thru-wall flashing.
2.02 WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER, OUTER LAYER
A. Single layer, 1 -Ply asphalt saturated kraft Grade D breather type building paper, Super Jumbo Tex 60 Minute by Fortifiber, or equal.
B. Performance Characteristics:
1. Reference Standard; Federal Specification UU-B-790a, Type 1, Grade D, Style 2.
2. Moisture Vapor Transmission: 35 grams minimum, per ASTM E 96.
3. Water Resistance: 60 minutes minimum, per ASTM D 779.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Weather Barriers
San Marcos, California 07250-4
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify substrate and surface conditions are in accordance with weather barrier manufacturer recommended tolerances prior to installation of weather barrier and accessories.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install weather barrier over exterior face of exterior wall sub strate in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.
B. Start weather barrier installation at a building corner, leaving 6 -12 inches of weather barrier extended beyond corner to overlap.
C. Apply wrap with grooved surface pattern in vertical direction.
D. Install weather barrier in a horizontal manner starting at the lower portion of the wall surface.
Maintain weather barrier plumb and level
E. Shingle weather barrier over back edge of weep screed. Seal weather barrier with sealant or tape to weep screed. Ensure weeps are not blocked.
F. Subsequent layers shall overlap lower layers a minimum of 6 inches horizontally in a shingling manner.
G. Window and Door Openings: Extend weather barrier completely over openings.
H. Weather Barrier Attachment:
1. Attach weather barrier to studs through exterior sheathing. Secure using weather barrier manufacturer recommended fasteners, space 12 -18 inches vertically on center along stud line, and 24 inch on center, maximum horizontally.
3.03 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed weather barrier from damage.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, w ork under this section shall include all weather-resistive barrier work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Weather-Resistive Barriers” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equ ipment nec essary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Firestopping
San Marcos, California 07270-1
SECTION 07270
FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Installers: Proper installation of firestopping require that installers be thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary skills and thoroughly familiar with the s pecified requirements.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300.
B. Submit the following:
1. Manufacturer’s Data: Manufacturer’s data for fire -stopping including firestopping composition, performance characteristics, and installation procedures.
2. Certification that materials conform to the requirements specified.
3. UL approvals for each application and condition.
1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver to the job site in unopened containers or cartons bearing manufacturer’s names, brand designations and product descriptions. Store products under cover and protect from damage. Do not use damaged materials.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Firestopping System: 3M Fire Barrier System, Dow Corning Fire Stop System, or equal.
B. Product Characteristics:
1. All fire barrier materials shall be asbestos-free, intumescent in nature, and capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame, smoke and gases in compliance with the requirements of ASTM E 814 and UL 1479.
2. Materials shall be suitable for the firestopping of penetrations made by steel, glass, plastic, and insulated pipes.
3. The rating of the firestops shall be one (1) hour minimum, but in no case less than the rating of the time-rated floor or wall assembly.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Surface Preparation: Surfaces to be in contact with firestopping materials shall be free of dirt, grease, oil, loose material, rust, or other substances that may affect proper fitting or the required fire resistance.
B. Firestopping System:
1. In general, use foam for complex fire-rated wall and floor penetrations, including multiple cables, multiple conduits and pipes, and mixtures of cables, conduits, and pipes.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Firestopping
San Marcos, California 07270-2
2. In general, use sealant for simple fire -rated wall and floor penetrations, including plumbing fixtures, simple cable systems, conduit or pipe through sleeves, and fire-rated expansion joints.
3. Coordination: Coordinate the work with other trades. Firestopping materials at penetrations of insulated pipes and ducts shall be applied prior to insulation, unless the insulation meets the requirements specified for firestopping.
C. Installation: Install firestopping materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
D. Examination of Firestopped Areas: Examine firestopped areas to ensure proper installation prior to concealing or enclosing the firestopped areas.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all firestopping work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Firestopping” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Clay Roofing Tiles
San Marcos, California 07320-1
SECTION 07320
CLAY ROOFING TILES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings indicating details of hip, ridge, and rake configurations. Include methods of fastening.
B. Submit manufacturer's product data.
C. Submit samples of clay roof tiles to indicate range of color variation.
D. Prepare sample panel of tile for Architect's review. Sample panel to be 15 rows wide by minimum of 8 tile high.
1. Use construction methods and materials specified or required indicating full range of co lor and texture of roofing and mortar, including typical boost condition.
E. Guarantee: Provide the Owner with a written lifetime manufacturer's guarantee against any and all defects in materials on those items furnished and installed. Provide the Owner with a written five year contractor's guarantee against any and all defects in workmanship on those items furnished and installed.
F. Certifications: Prior to commencement of construction, Contractor shall submit a letter from the manufacturer's warranty department which indicates the following:
1. All contractor documents relating to the roof system have been reviewed and are acceptable.
2. All materials specified are physically and chemically compatible with each other, and the system, as designed, is suitable for the specified warranty.
3. The roof contractor is an approved applicator of the material manufacturer.
4. The address and location of the project.
G. Applicator Qualifications: Submit certification from the roofing material manufacture r that the applicator has been approved by the manufacturer, has a minimum of five years experience installing the specified roof system, and provide a list of similar installations performed by the applicator using the specified roofing system.
H. Light Reflectance: Submit data indicating the SRI value for the roof tile.
1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. All material shall be stored and handled in a manner which will prevent damage.
B. Material shall be stored in original containers and shall be clearly marked with manufacturer's name.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Clay Roofing Tiles
San Marcos, California 07320-2
1.03 PREROOFING CONFERENCE
A. Prior to starting the application of the roofing system and insulation there will be a preroofing conference with the Architect to assure: (1) a clear understanding of the drawings a nd specifications; (2) on site inspection of the roofing substrate and pertinent structural details relating to the roofing system; and (3) providing the roofing system and other components secured to the roofing. The conference shall be attended by the Ar chitect, Owner's representative, Contractor, roofing materials manufacturer, roofing and insulation subcontractor, flashing and sheet metal subcontractor, mechanical subcontractor and electrical subcontractor. All conflicts shall be resolved and confirmed in writing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Roofing Tile: Two piece Mission Tile, by US Tile Company, or equal.
1. 2-Piece Tapered Mission Clay Roofing Tile with matching hip, ridge, rakes, boosters and birdstops: Standard Weight Collection.
2. Size: 18 inches (323 mm) by 7 inches to 8-1/2 inches (179 mm to 216 mm), nominal
3. Coverage: With 3 inch (76 mm) headlap, 172 field tiles per 100 square feet (9.29 sm) of roof area.
4. Installed weight per square: Approximately 1,000 lbs (454 kg).
5. Tile color shall be as indicated – to match existing.
B. Roofing Nails: Hot dipped galvanized, Simplex or Stronghold with 5/16" (minimum) diameter square head and annular threaded shank of a length suf ficient to penetrate sheathing 3/4", 11 gauge.
C. Underlayment: Asphalt saturated felt, 30#.
D. Mortar Materials: As per manufacturer's recommendations.
1. Color shall be as selected by Architect.
E. Flashing: In accordance with Section 07620 and as indicated.
F. Nailers: wood nailers sized and installed per manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated.
G. Solar Roof Tile: Sole Power Tile, by US Tile Company, or equal. Provide with all required components for a fully functional solar system, sized as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
H. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide all additional materials as recommended by t he manufacturer and necessary for proper installation of the specified product.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Clay Roofing Tiles
San Marcos, California 07320-3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A. Verify that deck surfaces are clean, dry, free of ridges, warps and voids.
B. Do not proceed until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Underlayment: Apply two layers of No. 30 felt at right angles to roof pitch. All areas of roofing shall receive a minimum of two layers of underlayment.
1. Horizontal laps shall be 4" with sidelaps 6" minimum.
2. Underlayment shall be securely nailed per manufacturer=s recommendations.
3. Turn felt up not less than 6" at vertical surfaces or as required under flashing.
4. Apply a double layer of felt over ridges and hips by overlapping not less than 12".
5. Apply a full-width (36") strip of felt under all metal valleys. Provide at least one layer of felt under all metal work.
6. Nailing: Do not penetrate through sheathing or framing with fasteners where exposed from below. Staples or nails driven through underlayment shall be set in mastic.
B. Wood Battens: Install at spacing as recommended by roofing manufacturer. Provide drain slots as recommended.
C. Tile Attachment: Provide additional batten boards and framing members as req uired or recommended by the manufacturer for the proper installation of the roofing tiles.
D. Roofing Tiles: Lay tile at right angles to eaves, beginning at eaves at working toward ridge. Install tiles in accordance with manufacturer=s recommendations.
1. Lay field tile in straight pattern. Mix in double and triple booster tiles in the field.
2. Nail every tile, starter course, ridge course and gable courses.
3. Valley Tile: Cut at 45 degrees with flashing placed as indicated.
4. Extend all pan tiles beyond fascia per manufacturer's recommendations.
5. Where tile joins hips and ridges voids shall be filled with mortar. Provide multiple boosts at exposed hips.
E. Ridge, hip, and rake tile shall be used on all hips, rakes and ridges, mortar set..
F. All tile in contact with mortar shall be immersed in water for two minutes before laying to assure an
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Clay Roofing Tiles
San Marcos, California 07320-4
adequate bond with mortar.
G. To avoid color patterning, checkerboarding, spotting and stairstepping;
1. Roof load tiles from different pallets.
2. After the installation of each 100 roofing tiles make a visual inspection from the ground level.
a. Verify that tile courses follow straight and true lines.
3. Correct any color or installation problems before proceeding with the installation.
H. Flashing: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as indicated.
J. Solar Tiles: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as indicat ed Coordinate installation with required electrical components.
K. Coordinate installation with attic vents as specified elsewhere.
3.03 CLEANING UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, and as a condition of acceptance, completely remove from the job site all tools, equipment, debris, and surplus materials pertaining to this portion of the work.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all roofing work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Clay Tile Roofing” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 03/14/2022
City of San Marcos Flashing and Sheet Metal
San Marcos, California 07620-1
SECTION 07620
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual", current edition, of the Sheet Metal and Air conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA).
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit complete materials list of all items proposed to be furnished and installed under this section.
B. Submit scaled shop drawings showing layout, joining, profiles, and anchorages of fabricated work, including major counter flashings, gutters, downspouts, and expansion joint systems, and interface of the work with the work of adjacent trades.
1.03 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of work and protection of materials and finishes.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Zinc-Coated Steel: Commercial quality with 0.20% copper, ASTM A 525 except ASTM A 527 for lock-forming, G90 hot -dip galvanized, mill phos phatised where indicated for painting, 22 gage minimum except as otherwise indicated.
B. Solder: For use with steel, provide 50 - 50 tin/lead solder (ASTM B 32), with rosin flux.
C. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing and sheet metal or, other non-corrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened.
D. Bituminous Coatin g: Fed. Spec. TT -C-494 or SSPC -Paint 12, solvent type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15- mil dry film thickness per coat.
E. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, non-drying, nonmigrating sealant.
F. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufac turer of metal and fabricator of components being sealed; comply with Fed. Spec. TT-S-0027, TT-S-00230, or TT-S-001543.
G. Reglets: Metal units of type and profile indicated, compatible with flashing indicated, noncorrosive, Fry Springlock Flashing system, by Fry Reglet Corp., or equal.
H. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, non - corrosive, size and gage required for performance.
K. Pre-finished Roof Flashings: As specified in Section 07540 “Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing”, and as noted on drawings.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 03/14/2022
City of San Marcos Flashing and Sheet Metal
San Marcos, California 07620-2
2.02 FABRICATED UNITS
A. Metal Fabrication:
1. Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent possible.
2. Comply with details shown, and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices.
3. Fabricate for waterproof and weather -resistant performance; with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration of the work.
4. Form work to fit substrates.
5. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and recommendations for forming material.
6. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil-canning, buckling and tool marks, true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.
B. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams not less than 3/4 inch wide, tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.
C. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be used, or would not be sufficiently water and weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant concealed within joints.
1. Provide expansion and contraction joints at not more than 40 foot intervals. Space joints evenly.
D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, non -expansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elasto meric sealant, in compliance with SMACNA standards.
E. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from non-compatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contract, with bituminous coating or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer and/or fabricator.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Except as otherwise indic ated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual".
1. Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated.
2. Install work such that all laps, joints and seams will be permanently watertight and weatherproof.
B. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where re quired for waterproof performance.
C. Install reglets to receive counter flashing in manner and by methods indicated.
1. Install counterflashing in reglets by snap-in seal arrangement.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 03/14/2022
City of San Marcos Flashing and Sheet Metal
San Marcos, California 07620-3
D. Nailing will not be permitted through exposed faces of flashings.
E. Install cleats for sheet metal items 18 inches and over in width. Fasten cleats evenly at 12 inches on center. Cleats shall be at least 2 inches wide, 3 inches long, and of the same material and thickness as the sheet metal being installed.
F. Provide neoprene washers at exposed fastenings, to protect sheet metal an d form a watertight connection.
G. Pipe Vent Flashing shall be installed as indicated. Extend lead flashing in continuous sheet up full height of pipe and turn down one inch minimum into pipe.
3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances which might cause corrosion of meta l or deterioration of finishes.
B. Protection: Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of flashings and sheet metal work during construction, to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration, other than natural weathering, at time of substantial completion.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all flashing work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price pai d for “Furnish and Install Flashing and Sheet Metal” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/02/2022
City of San Marcos Sealants
San Marcos, California 07920-1
SECTION 07920
SEALANTS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior and interior joint sealants and accessories.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA):
1. AAMA 808.3 - Specification for Exterior Perimeter Sealing Compound.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants.
2. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.
3. ASTM C1311 - Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants.
C. Underwriters Laboratory (UL):
1. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List: A complete materials list showing all items proposed to be furnished an d installed under this Section.
B. Product Data: Specifications, color charts, installation instructions, and general recommendations from the materials manufacturers showing procedures under which it is proposed that the materials will be installed.
C. Certification: Showing materials conform to the requirements of the U.S. Federal Specifications.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Installers: Proper installation of sealants require that installers be thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary skills and thoroughly familiar with the specified requirements.
1. For installation of sealants throughout the Work, use only personnel who have been specifically trained in such procedures and who are completely familiar with the joint details shown on the Drawings and the installation requirements called for in this Section.
B. Adhesion Tests: Manufacturer shall perform adhesion tests on substrates.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver to the job site in unopened containers or cartons, each bearing product name and color.
B. Store materials in waterproof, dry sheds. Do not permit material to freeze or be stacked in such a way as to cause damage to the containers.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/02/2022
City of San Marcos Sealants
San Marcos, California 07920-2
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Provide a warranty to the Owner, signed by the applying contractor or firm, agreeing to make any repairs or replacements required because of faulty materials or workmanship, at no additional cost to the Owner, for a period of two years from date of completion of the Work. Exterior Work that does not remain weathertight and all Work which does not retain all properties inherent in the product will be considered faulty.
1.07 MISCELLANEOUS CAULKING AND SEALING WORK
A. The entire extent of sealing work is not necessarily fully or individually described here or on the drawings. Sealing shall be provided wherever required to prevent light leakage as well as moisture leakage. Refer to drawings for conditions and related parts of the work.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 SEALANTS
A. Type A Sealant: Fed. Spec. TT -S-00227E, Class A, Type II, multi -component, premium-grade, chemically-cured, polyurethane-based, non-sag elastomeric sealant. Tremco "Dymeric", Mameco "Vulkem 227", Sika Corp. "Sikaflex 2C N/S", Sonneborn NP2, or equal.
B. Type B Sealant: Fed. Spec. TT -S-00230C, Type II, Class A, premium-grade, high-performance, moisture-cured, single-component, 25-35 Shore A hardness, polyurethane-based, non-sag elastomeric sealant. Mameco "Vulkem 116", Tremco "Dymonic", Sika Corp. "Sikaflex 1A or 15LM", Sonneborn NP1, or equal.
C. Type C Sealant: Fed. Spec. TT-S-00227E, Type I, Class A , multi -component, premium-grade, chemically-cured, 25-40 Shore A hardness , polyurethane-based, self -leveling elastomeric joint sealant. Vulkem "245", Sonneborn Bldg. Products, Inc. "Sonalstic Paving Joint Sealant", Sika Corp. "Sikaflex 2C S/L", or equal.
D. Type D Sealant: Fed. Spec. TT-S-001657, Type I or II, butyl rubber-based sealant. Tremco "Butyl", or equal.
E. Acoustic Sealant: Fed. Spec. TT -S-001657 single-component, non -skinning, non -hardening, synthetic rubber sealant of sufficient dimension to maintain constant contact with adjoining surfaces (not less than 3/8 inch diameter or 1/4 by 1/2 inch if in flat form), packaged in rolls. Tremco "Acoustical Sealant", Lowery's "10A Acoustical Sealer", or equal.
F. Primer, if required, shall be non-staining and as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
G. Backup: Shall be a polyethylene foam rod of rope, closed cell and 25% wider than the joint width.
H. Bond breaker, if required, shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
I. Solvents or cleaning agents shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
J. Colors: Color of sealants shall match color of adjacent work. Colors for each sealant installation will be selected from manufacturer's standard colors by the Architect. In concealed installation, standard gray or black sealant may be used.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 WORKMANSHIP
A. At the start of the installation the manufacturer shall supply instruction in the use of his product to San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/02/2022
City of San Marcos Sealants
San Marcos, California 07920-3
insure proper installation.
B. As work progresses, immediately remove sealant that may be adhered to adjacent materials.
3.02 JOINT DIMENSIONS
A. Joint dimension shall be as shown on the drawings. In joints up to 1/4-inch in width the depth of the sealant shall be the same as the joint width.
B. In open joints over 1/4-inch wide, the depth of the sealant shall be approximately one-half the width of the joint, but in no case less than 1/4-inch deep.
C. When open joints exceed the depth requirements, insert backup material to the ne cessary depth stated above. If not, place bond breaker tape in bottom of joint.
D. When perimeter joints around frames that are to be sealed do not have built-in stops, insert backup material to provide a joint with a minimum depth of 3/8-inch and a maximum depth of 1/2-inch
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Back-up Material: Install in clean dry joints at the proper depth to provide sealant d imensions as specified earlier.
B. Masking: If required, shall be applied in continuous strips aligned with joint edge. Remove tape immediately after joints have been tooled.
C. Primer: If required, shall be used where recommended by the Sealant manufacturer.
D. Sealant: Shall be applied under pressure to clean dry joint, using hand or power g uns, or other approved methods.
1. Nozzles shall be of the proper size and shape to form the required bead and completely fill the joint. Joint shall be filled from the bottom, making sure air bubbles are not left in the joint.
2. Joints shall be tooled as directed or approved, using lubr icants recommended by the manufacturer. Joints shall be slightly concave and recessed at least 1/8" from the top of the joint.
3.04 SEALANT APPLICATION SCHEDULE
A. Type A: In general, at exterior or perimeters of openings in exterior walls such as concrete-to-concrete, metal-to-metal, metal-to-concrete, masonry, or stucco.
B. Type B: In general, at interior or perimeters of openings in exterior walls such as metal -to-metal, metal-to-concrete, masonry, or stucco.
C. Type C: In general, for use on areas subject to foot or vehicle traffic.
D. Type D: In general, for interior wall penetrations for piping or conduit which are to be covered by escutcheon or other trim or plate.
E. Acoustic Sealant: In general, for sound retardant sealant at sound-rated partitions or partitions with sound-retardant material therein.
3.05 MISCELLANEOUS SEALING WORK
A. The entire extent of sealing work is not necessarily fully or individually described herein. Sealing shall be provided wherever required to prevent light leakage as well as moisture leakage. Refer to San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/02/2022
City of San Marcos Sealants
San Marcos, California 07920-4
drawings for conditions and related parts of the work.
B. All penetrations and openings in exterior walls shall be sealed in compliance with CAC Title 24 standards.
3.06 CLEANING
A. At the completion of this work, all surfaces adjoining joints shall be cleaned of all excess sealant and left in a neat condition subject to the approval of the Architect.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all sealant work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Sealants” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Metal Doors and Frames
San Marcos, California 08110-1
SECTION 08110
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes hollow-metal doors and frames.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickn ess of base metal without c oatings according to NAAMM - HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: Incl ude e levations, door edge details, frame profil es, metal thicknesses, preparations for hardware, and other details.
C. Product test reports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide prod ucts by one of the following, or equal:
1. Ceco Door; ASSA ABLOY.
2. Republic Doors and Frames.
3. Steelcraft; an Allegion brand.
4. Stiles Custom Metal, Inc.
2.02 EXTERIOR HOLLOW-METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Extra-Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 3.
1. Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4.
2. Doors:
a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.
c. Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A40 coating.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Metal Doors and Frames
San Marcos, California 08110-2
d. Edge Construction: Model 1, Full Flush.
e. Core: Manufacturer's standard insulation material.
3. The value used in the option in "Thermal -Rated Doors" Subparagraph bel ow is for polyurethane-core doors and is an example only; verify ratings with manufacturers.
Thermal-Rated Doors: Provide doors fabricated with thermal -resistance value (R -value) of not less than 2.1 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu when tested according to ASTM C 1363.
4. Frames:
a. Materials: Metallic -coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch , with minimum A40 coating.
b. Construction: Full profile welded.
5. Exposed Finish: Prime.
2.03 FRAME ANCHORS
A. Jamb Anchors:
1. Post-installed Expansion Type for In -Place Concrete or Maso nry: Minimum 3/8-inch- diameter bolts with expansion shields or i nserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location.
B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch, and as follows:
1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners.
2.04 MATERIALS
A. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.
B. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized.
1. For anchors buil t into exterior walls, steel s heet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot -dip galvanized according to AS TM A 153/A 153M, Class B.
C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
D. Grout: ASTM C 476, e xcept with a maximum slump of 4 inches , as measured ac cording to ASTM C 143/C 143M.
E. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing).
F. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Metal Doors and Frames
San Marcos, California 08110-3
2.05 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate hollow -metal work to be rigid and free of defects, w arp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for met al thickness. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment.
B. Hollow-Metal Doors:
1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep -hole o penings in b ottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration.
2. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated.
C. Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricat ed in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabric ated of same thickness metal as frames.
1. Provide countersunk, flat - or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
2. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted.
3. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at l east four spot welds per anchor.
4. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:
a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 16 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inche s o.c., to match cour sing, an d as follows:
1) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high.
2) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high.
b. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches o.c.
5. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers. a. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.
D. Hardware Preparatio n: Factory prepare hollow -metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates.
1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive non -templated, mortised, and surface -mounted door hardware.
2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow-metal work for hardware.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Metal Doors and Frames
San Marcos, California 08110-4
E. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites and louvers where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with mitered hairline joints.
1. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames.
2. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal work.
3. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and install ation types indicated.
2.06 STEEL FINISHES
A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer.
1. Shop Primer: SDI A250.10.
2.07 ACCESSORIES
A. Louvers: Provide sight-proof galvanized louvers with insect screens for exterior doors, where indicated, which c omply with SDI 111C, with blades or baffles formed of 0.020-inch-thick, cold- rolled steel sheet set into 0.032-inch-thick steel frame.
B. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch thick.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow -metal frames for doors and other openings, of size and profile in dicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM -HMMA 840 as required by standards specified.
1. Set frames accurately in posi tion; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, l eaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
a. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. b. Install door silencers in frames before grouting.
c. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured.
d. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shi m as necessary to comply with installation tolerances.
e. Field apply bitu minous coating to backs of frames that will be filled with grout containing antifreezing agents.
2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, an d secure with postinstalled expansion anchors.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Metal Doors and Frames
San Marcos, California 08110-5
3. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure fr ames in place with post -installed expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
4. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances:
5. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
a. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall.
b. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch , measured at opposi te face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
c. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.
B. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary.
1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors:
a. Between Door and Frame Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. c. At Bottom of Door : 5/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch ; verify with door bott om requirements.
d. Between Door Face and Stop: 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch.
3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating con dition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.
B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow-metal work immediately after installation.
C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damag ed ar eas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.
D. Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Painting: Cleaning and painting are specified in painting Sections.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Metal Doors and Frames
San Marcos, California 08110-6
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, w ork under this section shall include all doors and frames work as- sociated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Hollow Metal Doors and Fr ames” shall in- clude full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Aluminum Windows
San Marcos, California 08513-1
SECTION 08513
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Aluminum framed windows, with fixed and operable sash.
2. Operating hardware.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07920 “Sealants”.
2. Section 08800 “Glazing”.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA):
1. 611-98 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum.
2. 2603-02 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels.
B. American Architectural Manufacturers Association/Window and Doors Manufacturers Association (AAMA/WDMA) - 101/I.S.2-97 - Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors.
C. ASTM International (ASTM):
1. B221-05 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes.
2. C1036-01 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass.
3. C1048-04 - Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass-Kind HS, Kind FT, Coated and Uncoated Glass.
4. D3656-04 - Standard Specification for Insect Screening and Louver Cloth Woven from Vinyl - Coated Glass Yarns.
5. E90-04 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.
6. E413-04 - Classification for Sound Rating Insulation.
7. E774-97 - Standard Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units.
D. California Association of Window Manufacturers (CAWM) 301-90 - Forced Entry Resistance of Windows.
E. National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC):
1. 100-2004 - Procedures for Determining Fenestration Product U-Factors.
2. 200-2004 - Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Aluminum Windows
San Marcos, California 08513-2
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Requirements:
1. Meet AAMA/WDMA - 101/I.S.2.
2. Product type: Horizontal Sliding, Fixed, Casement.
3. Forced entrance resistance: Tested to CAWM 301.
4. U-factor: 0.32, tested to NFRC 100.
5. Solar heat gain coefficient: 0.25, tested to NFRC 200.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals for Review:
1. Shop Drawings: Include window locations, types, elevations, opening dimensions, relationship to adjacent construction, clearances, and attachments.
2. Product Data: Provide information on window components, sash and frame profiles, glazing, hardware, and accessories.
3. Samples:
a. Window corner, minimum 6 inches x 6 inches, showing sash and frame components, corner construction, glazing, and finish.
b. 3 inch x 3 inch finish samples in specified color.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Contract Documents are based on Series 8280 by International Window Corporation.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221, 6063-T5 commercial quality.
B. Glass: Refer to Section 08800 “Glazing”.
C. Hardware:
1. Material: Aluminum, stainless steel, or plated steel.
2. Horizontal sliding windows: Lift-out type tracks with anti-lift sash blocks, Delrin rollers, and lock with night ventilation feature.
3. Single hung windows: Tilt-in sash hardware, spring loaded block and tackle counterbalances, and cam lock with vent stop lock feature.
4. Awning windows: Concealed hinges, geared scissor type rotary operator, and cam latch.
5. Casement windows: Concealed hinges, Dyad type rotary operator, and cam latch.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Anchors: Corrosion resistant coated steel.
B. Weatherstripping: Silicone treated nylon pile.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Aluminum Windows
San Marcos, California 08513-3
2.04 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate windows to AAMA/WDMA - 101/I.S.2.
B. Fabricate with minimum clearances and shim spaces around perimeter, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement.
C. Separate interior and exterior aluminum components with integral low conductance thermal barrier.
D. Accurately fit and secure joints and intersections. Make joints flush, hairline, and weathertight.
E. Fabricate in largest practical units.
F. Weatherstrip operable sash.
G. Reinforce corners and intersections.
H. Provide internal drainage weep holes and channels to route moisture to exterior.
I. Form glass stops, exterior sills, closures, weatherstops, and flashings of same material as frame.
2.05 FINISHES
A. Aluminum: AAMA 2603, thermosetting modified acrylic enamel coating, Mojave Beige color.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install windows in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved Shop Drawings.
B. Close and lock operating sash during installation.
C. Set plumb, level, and rigid, free from warpage.
D. Permanently attach windows to supporting construction.
E. Seal corners and mounting flanges for full length to prevent moisture infiltration.
F. Installation Tolerances:
1. Maximum variation from plumb or level: 1/8 inch in 3 feet or 1/4 inch in any 10 feet, whichever is less.
2. Maximum misalignment of members abutting end to end: 1/16 inch.
3.02 CLEANING
A. Clean interior and exterior glass and aluminum surfaces promptly after installation.
B. Prevent damage to glass and finishes.
C. Do not use petroleum distillates for cleaning.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust windows for smooth operation.
B. Touch up minor scratches and abrasions to match original finish.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Aluminum Windows
San Marcos, California 08513-4
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, w ork und er this section shall include all aluminum windows associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price pai d for “Furnish and In stall Aluminum Windows” shall include f ull compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Door Hardware
San Marcos, California 08710-1
SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Mechanical door hardware for swinging doors.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples: For each exposed product in each finish specified.
C. Sample warranty.
D. Maintenance data.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and approved by product manufacturers and of an Architectural Hardware Consultant who i s available during the course of the Work to consult Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying.
1. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedule.
1.04 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Perio d: Three years from date of Substantial Completion unless otherwise indicated below:
a. Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not re quire more than 5 lbfto release the latch. Locks do not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation.
2.02 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE
A. Provide products for each door that comply with requirements indicated in Part 2 and door hardware schedule.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Door Hardware
San Marcos, California 08710-2
1. Door hardware is scheduled in Part 3.
2.03 HINGES
A. Hinges: BHMA A156.1. Provide template-produced hinges for hinges installed on hollow -metal doors and hollow-metal frames.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following, or equal:
a. Hager Companies.
b. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions .
2.04 MECHANICAL LOCKSETS
A. Lock Functions: As indicated in door hardware schedule.
B. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows:
1. Bored Locks: Minimum 1/2-inchlatchbolt throw.
2. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4-inchlatchbolt throw.
C. Lock Backset: 2-3/4 inchesunless otherwise indicated.
D. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's st andard strike for each lock bolt or latchbolt complying with requirements indicated for applicable lock or latch and with strike box and curved lip extended to protect frame; finished to match lock or latch.
E. Mortise Locks (match existing conditions, verify in field) : BHMA A156.13; Operational Grade 1; stamped steel case with steel or brass parts; Series 1000.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following, , or equal:
a. Allegion plc.
b. SARGENT Manufacturing Company; ASSA ABLOY.
2.05 AUTOMATIC AND SELF-LATCHING FLUSH BOLTS
A. Automatic and Self-Latching Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.16; minimum 3/4-inchthrow; designed for mortising into door edge. Include wear plates.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pro ducts by one of th e following, , or equal:
a. Ives
b. Door Controls International, Inc.
c. Trimco.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Door Hardware
San Marcos, California 08710-3
2.06 LOCK CYLINDERS
A. Lock Cylinders: Tum bler type, constructed from br ass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver. Provide cylinder from same manufacturer of locking devices.
B. High-Security L ock Cylinders: BHMA A156.30; Grade 1 permanent cores that are removable; face finished to match lockset.
C. Construction Mast er Keys: Provide cylinders wit h feature that permits voiding of construction keys without cylinder removal. Provide 5 construction master keys.
D. Construction Cores: Pr ovide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores.
Provide 10 construction master keys.
2.07 KEYING
A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, appendix.
Provide one extra key blank for each lock.
1. Existing System:
a. Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. b. Re-key Owner's existing master key system into new keying system.
2. Keyed Alike: Key all cylinders to same change key.
B. Keys: Nickel silver.
1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation:
a. Notation: "DO NOT DUPLICATE."
2.08 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS
A. Coordinators: BHMA A156.3; consisting of active -leaf, hold-open lever and ina ctive-leaf release trigger; fabricated from steel with nylon -coated strike plates; with built -in, adjustable safety release; and with internal override.
B. Astragals: BHMA A156.22.
2.09 SURFACE CLOSERS
A. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable swee p and latch speeds controlled by key -operated valves and forged -steel main arm. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory -sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requiremen ts, provide products by one of the following, or equal:
a. LCN.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Door Hardware
San Marcos, California 08710-4
b. Hager Companies.
c. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
d. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions .
2.10 MECHANICAL STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Wall- and Floor-Mounted Stops: BHMA A156.16.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following, or equal:
a. Ives.
b. Hager Companies.
c. Trimco.
2.11 DOOR GASKETING
A. Door Gasketing: BHM A A156.22; with resilient or flexible seal strips that are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following, or equal:
a. Hager Companies.
b. National Guard Products, Inc.
c. Pemko; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company.
2.12 THRESHOLDS
A. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21; fabricated to full width of opening indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following, or equal:
a. National Guard Products, Inc.
b. Pemko; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company.
2.13 METAL PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS
A. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A156.6; fabricated from 0.050-inch thick stainless steel; with manufacturer's standard machine or self-tapping screw fasteners.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following, or equal:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Hager Companies.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Door Hardware
San Marcos, California 08710-5
c. Trimco.
2.14 FINISHES
A. Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware schedule.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Mounting Heights: Mount door h ardware units at heights to comply with the following unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.
1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8.
B. Install each door hardw are item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to inst all door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of s urface protective trim units with finishing work. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.
C. Hinges: Install types and in quantities i ndicated in door hardware schedule, but not fewer than the number rec ommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30 inchesof door height, whicheve r is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided.
D. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction period.
1. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as directed by Owner.
2. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation.
E. Thresholds: Set thresholds for ext erior doors and other doors indicated in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." F. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wa ll o r other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic.
G. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame.
1. Do not notch perimeter gasketing to install other surface-applied hardware.
H. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed.
I. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed.
3.02 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust and check each operating item of door har dware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensa te for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Door Hardware
San Marcos, California 08710-6
3.03 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Door Hardware Set No. 1
Locations: Exterior Door Pairs; each to have the following:
Qty. Item Basis-of-Design Product Finish
6 Hinges Hager, non-removable pin 630
1 Lockset Allegion, Storeroom function, L9080T 17a 630, 626 1 Auto Flush Bolt Ives 630, 626
2 Surface Closer LCN, corrosion-resistant housing 689
1 Coordinator Ives 689
2 Floor Stop Ives 626
1 Astragal Ives 630
1 Weatherstripping Pemko 626
1 Threshold Pemko 630
1 Door Bottom Pemko 630, 626
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, w ork under this section shall include all door hardware work associ- ated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price pai d for “Furnish and Install Door Hardware” shall include full compensa- tion for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regula- tions, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Glazing
San Marcos, California 08800-1
SECTION 08800
GLAZING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, install all glass in accordance with the standards of the "Glazing Manual" and the "Glazing Sealing Systems Manual" of the Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA).
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit complete materials list showing all items proposed to be furnished and installed under this Section.
B. Sufficient data to demonstrate that all such materials meet or exceed the spec ified requirements.
1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades.
B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.04 WARRANTY
A. Warranty insulating glass units against material obstruction to vision (such as dust or film formation on inner glass surface) for a 10 year period following acceptance of the work.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 GLAZING MATERIALS
A. Primary Glass Standard: Provide primary glass which complies with ASTM C1036 and ASTM C1048 requirements, including those indicated by reference to type, class, quality, and form.
B. Clear float glass: Type I (float), quality q4 (glazing quality), class 1 (transparent).
C. Tinted Glass: Type I, class 2 (heat absorbing and light reducing), quality q3 (glazing select).
E. Provide tempered glass where indicated or required by code.
F. Mirror Glass: ASTM C1036, Type 1, Flat, Class 1, q1 mirror select, 1/4" thick minimum with pressure sensitive adhesive coated scrim impregnated film tape safety backing.
2.02 GLAZING COMPOUNDS AND SEALANTS
A. Use glazing compounds and preformed glazing sealants approved for the application and, except as otherwise specified, conforming to the Gla zing materials portion of the FGMA Glazing Manual.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Glazing
San Marcos, California 08800-2
2.03 GLAZING ACCESSORIES
A. Provide all glazing accessories required to supplement those accessories which accompany the items to the glazed, and as needed to provide a complete installation, including glazing points, clips, shims, angles, beads, settling blocks, and spacer strips.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be installed. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install glazing in locations indicated on drawings.
B. Fix movable items securely, or in a closed and locked position, until glazing compound has thoroughly set.
C. Glass setting:
1. Items to be glazed shall be shop -glazed or field-glazed with glass of the qualit y and thickness specified.
2. Prepare surrounds and glass, unless otherwise directed, in conformance wit h the details and general conditions governing glazing in the FGMA Glazing Manual.
3. Mirrors: Set mirrors with adhesive, applied in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Set plumb and level.
3.03 CLEANING
A. Prior to acceptance of the Work, thoroughly clean all glass and remove all labels, paint spots, sealants, and other defacements.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all glazing work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price pai d for “Furnish and In stall Glazing” shall include f ull compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Lath and Plaster
San Marcos, California 09200-1
SECTION 09200
LATH AND PLASTER
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Portland cement plaster (stucco) system and accessories.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 06100 “Rough Carpentry”.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Reference Stand ards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with the following:
1. "Lathing and Plastering Reference Specifications" published by Califor nia Lathing and Plastering Contractor's Association (CLPA).
2. ANSI A42.2, Specifications for Portland Cement and Portland Cement -Lime Plastering, Exterior (Stucco) and Interior.
3. ANSI A42.3, Specifications for Lathing and Furring for Portland Cement and Portland Cement-Lime Plastering, Exterior (Stucco) and Interior.
4. ASTM C 841 Standard Specification for Installation of Interior Lathing and Furring.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare one 48”x48” sample panel of each texture specified, for approval by the Architect before starting any work.
B. Submit Manufacturer's Data for all items specified.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 LATHING MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Finishes: Manufacturer's standard steel products unless indicated as zinc alloy. Where not otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard galvanized finish on steel products except as follows:
1. Exterior Components: Hot-dip galvanized finish; ASTM A 525 G90 for 18 gauge and lighter formed metal products, ASTM A 123 galvanized after fabrication for 16 gauge and heavier products.
2. Exterior Exposed Plastering Accessories: Provide zinc alloy accessories for exterior work, except where fully concealed in plaster, or specified otherwise.
B. Underlayment:
1. Base Layer: Refer to Section 07250 “Weather Barriers”.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Lath and Plaster
San Marcos, California 09200-2
2. Outer Layer: Refer to Section 07250 “Weather Barriers”.
C. Metal Lath:
1. Soffit Lath (Rib Lath): 3.4 lbs. per sq. yd, 3/8" rib depth, paper backed.
2. Exterior Wall Lath: Type SF, self furring, welded, double wire type, 3/8" deep furred Stucco Netting, by K-Lath Corp. or equal.
D. Accessories: Coordinate depth of accessory with thickness of and number of coats of plaster to be applied. All exposed accessories shall be finished to match plaster color.
1. Expanded Corner Beads: Expanded flange type with 2-7/8" wide flanges, Keene, #1-X, or equal.
2. Cornerite: Manufacturer's standard preformed inside corner reinforcement made from 2.5 lb. per sq. yd. diamond mesh lath.
3. Exterior Casing Beads: Manufacturer's standard with expanded flange to suit application, square-edged.
4. Expansion Joints: Manufacturer's s tandard roll-formed XJ-15. Provide with removable protective tape to keep joints clean.
5. Corner Reinforcement: Special stucco -type woven galvanized wire corner reinforcing strips.
6. Weep Screed: Type 7 weep screed, 26 gauge, 7/8-inch ground, by ClarkDietrich, or equal.
7. Window and Door Corner Reinforcing: Patches Butterfly reinforcing, 2.5 lb lath, by Cemco, or equal.
E. Anchorages: Tie wire, nails, screws and other approved metal supports, of type and size to suit application and to rigidly secure lathing materials in place; galvanized coated.
2.02 PLASTER
A. Gun plastic portland cement machine application of basecoats shall conform to ASTM C926, Type I or II. Plasticizing agents may be added in manufacturing process not to exceed 12% of the total volume.
B. Sand used for plaster shall be clean and well graded from coarse to fi ne, and shall conform to ASTM C35.
C. Water used for plaster shall be clean and free from dele terious amounts of acid, alkali, and organic materials.
D. Stucco Finish Coat: Factory mixed and packaged and complying with the general requirements of the "Specifications and Standards of Manufactured Stucco Finishes" prepared by the Stucco Manufacturer's Association.
1. Stucco: Dryvit DPR-Sandblast Finish with Stratotone High Performance Colorant, color as indicated on drawings.
E. Bonding Agent: Complying with ASTM C 932, nonoxidizing, noncrystallizing, unaffecte d by reapplication of moisture.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Lath and Plaster
San Marcos, California 09200-3
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been fixed.
3.02 FURRING AND LATH INSTALLATION AT METAL FRAMING
A. Install two layers of underlayment over all surfaces in accordance with manufacturer ’s instructions.
1. Install base layer per Section 07250 “Weather Barriers”.
2. Install outer layer per Section 07250 “Weather Barriers”.
B. Erect lath as required for cement plaster in accordance with referenced standards.
1. Lath shall be discontinuous at all control/expansion joints.
C. Provide solid backing each side of cut metal lath.
D. Wrap horizontal surfaces with additional layer of underlayment.
E. On horizontal surfaces, seal all nails penetrating backing paper with mastic.
F. Corner Reinforcement: Install corner reinforcement at all corners of windows and doors.
3.03 EXPANSION/CONTROL SCREEDS
A. Install expansion control joint screeds where indicated and specified herein. Provide horizontal and vertical screeds at door frame and window openings, and in field not to exceed 10 feet on center, or as shown. Limit of area shall not exceed 144 square feet. Length of panels shall not exceed 2-1/2 times the width.
B. Provide corner metal reinforcing at al l corners, and metal edge screeds at all locations where plaster abuts dissimilar materials.
C. Door and Window Reinforcing: Install corner reinforcing at all doors and windows per manufacturer’s installation instructions.
3.04 PLASTERING
A. Metal Lath:
1. Scratch Coat: Completely cover mesh lath in one heavy coat approximately 3/8" thick.
2. Brown Coat: Scratch and brown to total 3/4" thickness. Brown coat shall be brought to a true even surface by rodding and floating, and left ready to receive finish coat.
3. Exterior Finish Coat: Texture shall be "Sand Finish" or “Smooth Troweled” finish to match approved samples, total thickness 7/8".
D. Curing: Cure portland cement plaster by maint aining each coat in a moist condition following
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Lath and Plaster
San Marcos, California 09200-4
application; keep enclosed and fog-spray (after initial set) as required to prevent dry-out.
1. Keep scratch coat moist for 48 hours before installation of brown coat.
2. Keep brown coat moist for 48 hours after installation and then let dry out.
3. Cure brown coat for a minimum of 10 days before installation of finish coat.
4. Cure finish coat a minimum of 14 days before application of water repellant coatings.
E. Complete all plaster work in the same plane and panel each day; do not stop short, such as at an expansion joint, etc.
F. Plaster surfaces shall be true and flat; edges straight and even.
G. Tolerances: Finish all plaster true and even within a tolerance of one in 500, leaving the finished surface free from tool marks and all other blemishes.
H. Cleaning Metal Accessories: Wipe all metal accessories clean after application of each coat.
J. Patching: Patch and repair all damaged plaster surfaces due to other trades, improper protection, or incomplete work of this Section.
1. Damage includes both physical and color damage.
2. Any patching or repair shall match adjacent color and texture.
3.06 CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION
A. Keep premises clean and orderly at all times and adequately protect all other work from damage due to the work of this section.
B. Upon final completion of this work, clean off spatters, remove all tools, equipment and unused materials and cuttings. Leave the work in a clean orderly manner.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all lath and plaster work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Lath, Cement Plaster System, & Accessories” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Gypsum Wallboard
San Marcos, California 09250-1
SECTION 09250
GYPSUM WALLBOARD
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Gypsum wallboard as indicated on the drawings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 06100 “Rough Carpentry”.
B. Section 07920 “Sealants”.
C. Section 09900 “Painting”.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide manufacturer's data for all material to be supplied under this section of work.
B. Provide certification that materials meet these specifications.
C. Provide manufacturer's printed instructions for installation of assemblies.
D. Provide samples of texture finishes for approval.
1.04 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened containers, packages or bundles identified with manufacturer's name, brand, type, and grade clearly marked.
B. Store in dry areas and protect from dampness and deterioration.
C. Protect ready-mixed products from freezing.
D. Protect metal products from rusting.
E. Deliver fire-rated materials bearing testing agency label and required fire classification number.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not install wallboard products unless installation areas comply with minimum temperature and ventilation requirements recommended by manufacturer.
B. Under slow drying conditions, allow additional drying time between coats of jo int treatment.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide gypsum wallboard materials manufactured by Georgia Pacific, United States Gypsum, or equal.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Gypsum Wallboard
San Marcos, California 09250-2
B. Soundproof Gypsum Board materials shall be manufactured by Quiet Solution, Inc. (800 -797- 8159) www.quietsolution.com, or approved equal.
1. Soundproof Gypsum Board: QuietRock ES, 5/8" thick, fire rated, minimum STC rating of
51. C. Gypsum Board:
1. Standard: ASTM C1396 – C1396M; or Fed. Spec. SS-L-30, Type III, Grade R, Class I; 5/8 inch thick, tapered edges, ends square cut, maximum permissible lengths.
2. Water-resistant: ASTM C 630, 5/8 inch thick, tapered edges, ends square cut, maximum permissible lengths.
a. Seal all edges per manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Fire Resistant: Type X or Type C as indicated. 5/8” thick minimum.
4. Ceramic Tile Backer Board: 5/8" "Den-shield", by Georgia-Pacific, or equal.
2.02 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES
A. Provide gypsum wallboard accessories in accordance with Gypsum Association GA-216, and as shown on Drawings and specified.
B. Provide all accessories such as corner beads and edge trim as metal fabrications (26 gauge minimum).
C. Joint Treatment:
1. Tape: Perforated, conforming to ASTM C 475 or Fed. Spec. SS-J-570, Type II.
2. Compound: Powdered or ready -mixed conforming to ASTM C 475 or Fed. Spec.
SS-J-570, Type I. Taping and topping joint compound or all-purpose joint compound may be used.
D. Texturing:
1. Wall Texturing: Provide materials manufactured by U. S. Gypsum, or equal.
2. Ceiling Texturing: Provide materials manufactured by U. S. Gypsum, or equal.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical and mechanical work which is to be placed in or behind framing and gypsum wallboard. Allow such items to be installed after framing is completed.
3.02 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION
A. Install gypsum board in accordance with Gypsum Association GA-216 recommendations.
B. Erect gypsum board in direction most practical and across studs with ends and edges occurring San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Gypsum Wallboard
San Marcos, California 09250-3
over continuous firm bearing.
C. Erect fire-rated assembly in accordance with UBC requirements for Fire Rated assemblies.
D. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to framing.
E. Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board with sealant.
F. Place corner beads and trim/molds as shown or required. Use longest practical lengths. Place edge trim and molds where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials and at all board terminations exposed to view. Construct reveals required by Drawings.
G. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, corners, and openings to produce surfaces ready to receive finishes except at non-exposed-to-view conditions. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum of 1/16 inch. Finishing of taping is not required at areas to receive tiles, and areas above exposed-to-view ceilings.
H. Remove and correct or replace defective work in a manner acceptable to the Architect.
I. Hang ceiling and soffit systems level and plumb, in true alignment with adjacent surfaces and walls.
J. Construct tight fitting joints in exposed ceiling members, continuously around openings and obstructions.
3.03 TILE BACKER BOARD INSTALLATION
A. Install in wet areas as indicated in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
3.04 TRIM
A. Apply edge casing plumb and true to all openings and exposed ends of wallboard abutting another material or as specifically detailed otherwise. Use continuous lengths where possible.
B. Apply corner bead plumb and true to all exposed exterior corners in continuous lengths whenever possible.
C. The drawings do not purport to show all locations and all requirements for metal trim in connection with the work of this Section. Carefully study the drawings a nd the job conditions; provide in place, all metal trim recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard used and as required for a finished installation.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF SOUNDPROOF GYPSUM BOARD
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions for wood framing. Material shall be installed where indicated and at all Dorm room common and corridor walls.
1. In addition to manufacturer’s requirements, install acoustic sealant around panels prior to installing adjacent panel.
3.06 APPLICATION OF TEXTURE FINISH
A. Finish: All wall surfaces shall receive a "Level 4" smooth finish minimum.
B. Finish Application: Mix and apply finish to drywall and other surfaces indicated to receive finish in San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Gypsum Wallboard
San Marcos, California 09250-4
strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions to produce a uniform finish.
1. Finish shall be smooth.
2. Gypsum Board finish shall be inspected by Architect to approve after prime coat has been applied by the painter.
D. Remove any droppings or overspray from door frames, windows and other adjoining work.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, w ork und er this section shall include all Gypsum Wallboard work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price pai d for “Furnish and In stall Gypsum Wallboard ” shall include f ull compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Resinous Epoxy Mortar Flooring San Marcos, California 09662-1
SECTION 09662 - RESINOUS EPOXY MORTAR FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes thin-set, seamless, epoxy-resin mortar flooring and base.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For recycled content, indicating postco nsumer and preconsumer recycled content and cost.
2. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content.
C. Shop Drawings: Include epoxy m ortar flooring installation requirements. Include plan s, elevations, sections, component details, and attachments to other work.
D. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.
E. Maintenance data.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an installer who is a contractor member of NTMA.
1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ma nufacturer's written instructions for substrate temperature, ambient temperature, moisture, ventilation, and other conditions affecting epoxy mortar flooring installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. NTMA Standards: Comp ly with NTMA's "Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide" and with written recommendations for epoxy mortar type indicated unless more stringent requ irements are specified.
2.02 EPOXY-RESIN MORTAR FLOORING
A. Epoxy-Resin Mortar Flooring: Comply with NTMA's "Terrazzo Sp ecifications and Design Guide" and manufacturer's written instructions for matrix and aggregate proportions and mixing. Basis- of-Design system is W estcoast Specialty Systems Epoxy Mortar System, 100% solids epoxy combined with graded sand and troweled into place.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Resinous Epoxy Mortar Flooring San Marcos, California 09662-2
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by on e of the following, or equal:
a. West Coast Specialty Coating System
b. Hi-Tek Polymers,Inc.
c. Key Resin Company.
d. Sherwin-Williams Company, General Polymers.
2. Thickness: 1/4 inch nominal.
3. Mix Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors.
B. Materials:
1. Flexible Reinforcing Membr ane: Manufactu rer's resinous membrane for substrate -crack preparation and reflective-crack reduction.
2. Primer: Manufacturer's product recommended for substrate and use indicated.
3. Epoxy-Resin Matrix: Manufacturer's standard recommended for use indica ted and in color required for mix indicated.
a. Physical Properties without Aggregates:
1) Hardness: 80 to 85 per ASTM D 2240, Shore D.
2) Minimum Tensile Strength: >1800 resin, hardener, aggregate fille d per ASTM C307.
3) Minimum Compressive Strength: 10,000 psi7 day cure per ASTM C-579. 4) Flexural Strength: 4,500 psi (+/- 200 psi) per ASTM C-580. 5) Chemical Resistance: No deleterious effects by contaminants listed below after seven-day immersion at room temperature per ASTM D 1308. a) Distilled water.
b) Mineral water.
c) Isopropanol.
d) Ethanol.
e) 0.025 percent detergent solution.
f) 1.0 percent soap solution.
g) 10 percent sodium hydroxide.
h) 10 percent hydrochloric acid.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Resinous Epoxy Mortar Flooring San Marcos, California 09662-3
i) 30 percent sulfuric acid.
j) 5 percent acetic acid.
b. Physical Properties with Agg regates: For resin blended with graded sand; comply with the following:
1) Flammability: Self -extinguishing, no continuous flame after application of flame per ASTM D 635.
2) Thermal Coefficient of Linear Expansion: 10.0 x 10-6 in./in./degree F (7-day cure) per ASTM C-531.
4. Aggregates: Comply with NTMA gradati on sta ndards for mix indicated and contain no deleterious or foreign matter.
a. Abrasion Resistance: >400 psi (100% concrete failure cap 3-4) per Taber – ASTM D4060.
b. Water Absorption: Less than 0.25 percent, 7-day cure per ASTM C-413.
5. Seal Coat and Top Coat: Epoxy resin based.
6. Optional Skid Resistance: Small Safe Grip added to produce a skid-resistant surface.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES
A. Patching and F ill Material: Epoxy Mortar Flooring manufacturer's resinous product approved and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated.
B. Joint Compound: Epoxy Mortar F looring manufacturer's resinous product approved and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated.
C. Resinous Matrix Epoxy Mortar Flooring Cleaner: Chemically neutral cleaner with pH factor between 7 and 10 that is biodegradable, phosphate free, and recommended by sealer manufacturer for use on terrazzo type indicated.
D. Sealer: Chemical-resistant epoxy.
1. Surface Friction: Not less than 0.6 according to ASTM D 2047.
2. Acid-Base Properties: With pH factor between 7 and 10.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of substance s, including oil, grease, and curing compounds, that might impair epoxy mortar bond. Provide clean, dry, and neutral substrate for terrazzo application.
B. Concrete Slabs:
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Resinous Epoxy Mortar Flooring San Marcos, California 09662-4
1. Provide sound concrete surfaces free of laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, form -release agents, dust, dirt, gre ase, oil, and other contaminants incompatible with terrazzo.
a. Shot-blast surfaces with an apparatus that abrades the concrete surface, contains the dispensed shot within the appara tus, an d recirculates the shot by vacuum pickup.
b. Repair damaged and deteriorated concrete according to epoxy mortar manufacturer's written recommendations.
c. Use patching and fill material to fill holes and depressions in subst rates according to epoxy mortar manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Verify that concrete substrat es are dry and moisture -vapor emissions are within acceptable levels according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Moisture Testing: Test for moisture content by method recommended in writing by epoxy mortar flooring manufacturer. If moisture emission s exceed 5 lbs/1000 square feet (ASTM F1869) or if the relative humidity (RH) e xceeds 75% (ASTM F2170), proceed with manufacturer’s Moisture Vapor Barrier recommendations. Proceed with ins tallation only after substrates pass testing.
3.02 EPOXY-RESIN MORTAR INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NTMA's written recommendations for epoxy mortar and accessory installation.
B. Place according to manufacturer's written instructions and NTMA's "Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide."
C. Installation Tolerance: Limit variation in epoxy mortar surface from level to 1/4 inch in 10 feet ; noncumulative.
D. Primer: Apply to epoxy mortar substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Repair: Cut out and replace epoxy mortar areas that evidence lack of bond with su bstrate. Cut out epoxy mortar areas in panels defined by strips and replace to match adjacent epoxy mortar, or repair panels according to NTMA's written recommendations, as approved by Architect .
3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Cleaning:
1. Wash surfaces wi th cleaner acco rding to NTMA's written recommendations and manufacturer's written instructions; rinse surfaces with water and allow them to dry thoroughly.
B. Sealing:
1. Seal surfaces according to NTMA's written recommendations.
2. Apply sealer according to sealer manufacturer's written instructions.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Resinous Epoxy Mortar Flooring San Marcos, California 09662-5
C. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure that epoxy mortar is without damage or deterioration at time o f Substa ntial Completion.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, w ork under this section shall include all resinous flooring work asso- ciated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price pai d for “Furnish and In stall Resinous Epoxy Mortar Flooring” shall in- clude full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Painting
San Marcos, California 09900-1
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.00 DESCRIPTION
A. Extent of painting work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and as herein specified.
B. Work includes painting and finishing of interior and exterior exposed items and surfaces throughout project, except as otherwise indicated.
C. Surface preparation, priming and coats of paint specified are in addition to shop-priming and surface treatment specified under other sections of work.
D. Work includes field painting of exposed bare and c overed pipes and ducts (including color coding), and of hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under mechanical and electrical work, except as otherwise indicated.
E. "Paint" as used herein means all coatin g systems materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats.
F. Surfaces to be painted: Except where natural finish of material is specifically noted as a surface not to be painted, paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in "schedules". Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or areas. If color or finish is not designated, Architect will select these from standard colors or finishes available.
G. Following categories of work are not included as part of field-applied finish work.
1. Pre-Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory-finishing or installer-finishing is specified for such items.
2. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, foundation spaces, furred areas, pipe spaces, and shafts.
3. Finished Metal Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish painting.
4. Operating Parts: Unless otherwise indicated, moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor, and fan shafts will not require finish painting.
H. Following categories of work are included under other sections of these specifications:
1. Shop Priming: Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of ferrous metal items is included under various sections for structural steel, metal fabrication, metal doors and frames, and similar items.
2. Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of fabricated components such as architectural woodwork, wood casework, and shop -fabricated or factory -built San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Painting
San Marcos, California 09900-2
mechanical and electrical equipment or accessories is included under other sections of these specifications.
3. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is specified in Division 15 and 16, respectively.
I. Do not paint over any code-required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates.
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primers and other undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits.
B. Coordination of Work: Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates.
Upon request from other trades, furnish information or characteristics of finish materials provided for use, to ensure compatible prime coats are used.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data:
1. Complete materials list of all items proposed to be furnished and installed under this Section.
2. Manufacturers' specifications and other data required to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements.
3. For information only, submit two copies of manufacturer's specifications and application instructions for each material.
4. The VOC content of interior paint materials used must be less than the current VOC content limits of the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168, AND all sealants used as fillers must meet or exceed the requirements of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District Regulation 8, Rule 51. Submit data indicating VOC content of each material proposed for use
B. Samples: Following the selection of colors and glosses by the Architect, submit samples for the Architect's review of color and texture only. Provide a listing of material and application for each coat of each finish sample.
1. Submit six draw-down samples of each paint color and gloss type indicated.
a. Stain samples shall be submitted on samples of actual wood type being used on project.
1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Deliver all materials to the job site in original, new, and unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name and label.
B. Provide proper storage to prevent damage to, and deterioration of, paint materials.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Painting
San Marcos, California 09900-3
C. Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades.
D. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and re placements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.04 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Surface Temperatures: Do not apply solvent -thinned paints when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperature are below 45 degrees F, unless otherwise permitted by the manufacturer's printed instructions.
B. Weather Conditions: Do not apply paint in rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85%; or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by the manufacturer's printed instructions. Applications may be continued during inclement weather within the temperature limits specified by the paint manufacturer during application and drying periods.
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. All material and application of material shall comply with all air pollution control regulations.
1.06 EXTRA STOCK
A. Amount: Upon completion of the work of this Section, deliver to the Owner an extra stock equaling 10% of each color, type, and gloss of paint used on the Work, but not more than five gallons for each.
B. Packaging: Tightly seal each container and clearly label with the contents and location used.
1.07 GUARANTEE
A. Guarantee the painting work, in writing, against peeling, fading, cracking, blistering, or crazing for a period of three years from the time the Notice of Completion is filed.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Principal paint materials, unless otherwise indicated, shall be as manufactured by Sherwin- Williams, Dunn-Edwards Corp., Vista Paint, or equal.
B. Colors and Glosses: The Architect will select colors to be used in the various types of paint specified and indicated and will be the sole judge of acceptability of the various glosses obtained from the materials proposed to be used in the Work.
C. Undercoats and Thinners: Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coat. Use only the thinners recommended by the paint manufacturer, and use only to the recommenced limits. Insofar as practicable, use undercoat, finish coat, and thinner material as parts of a unified system of paint finish.
2.02 APPLICATION EQUIPMENT
A. For application of the approved paint, use only such equipment as is recommended for application of the particular paint by the manufacturer of the particular paint.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Painting
San Marcos, California 09900-4
B. Compatibility: Prior to actual use of application equipment, use all means necessary to verify that the proposed equipment is actually compatible with the material to be applied and that the integrity of the finish will not be jeopardized by use of the proposed application equipment.
2.03 OTHER MATERIALS
A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of the work of this Section, shall be new first-quality of their respective kinds, and as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection: Prior to installation of the work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. Verify that painting may be completed in strict accordance with the original design and with the manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Discrepancies: Do not proceed in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
3.02 MATERIALS PREPARATION
A. Mix and prepare painting materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers.
C. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing, and application of paint in a clean condition, free from foreign materials and residue.
D. Stirring: Stir all materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and as required during the application of materials. Do not stir into the material any film which may form on the surface. Remove the film and, if necessary, strain the material before using.
3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Perform a ll preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Remove all removable items which are in place and are not scheduled to receive paint finish, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations.
C. Following completion of painting in each space or area, reinstall the removed items by using workmen skilled in the necessary trades.
D. Clean each surface to be painted prior to applying paint or surface treat ment.
E. Remove oil and grease with clean cloths and cleaning solvents of low toxicity and a flash point in excess of 100 degrees F, (38 degrees C) prior to start of mechanical cleaning.
F. Schedule the cleaning and painting so that dust and other contam inants from the cleaning process will not fall onto wet newly painted surfaces.
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Painting
San Marcos, California 09900-5
G. Preparation of Metal Surfaces:
1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces until they are completely free from dirt, oil, and grease.
Clean cutting oil from exposed pipes.
2. On galvanized surfaces, use solvent for the initial cleaning and then treat the surface thoroughly with phosphoric acid etch. Remove all etching solution before proceeding.
3. Allow to dry thoroughly before application of paint.
4. Apply primer the same day pretreatment is applied.
3.04 PAINT APPLICATION
A. On all removable panels and all hinged panels, paint the back sides to match the exposed sides.
B. Apply one heavy coat of flat black paint on all construction visible through screen vents and grilles.
C. Drying: Allow sufficient drying time between coats. Modify the period as recommended by the material manufacturer to suit adverse weather conditions.
D. Brush and Roller Application: Apply all coats onto the surfaces in an even film. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush or roller marks, runs, sags, ropiness, and other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
E. Spray Application: Wherever spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the equivalent hiding of brush-applied coats. Do not double back with spray equipment for the purpose of building up film thickness of two coats in one pass.
1. Backroll all sprayed surfaces to provide uniform finish appearance.
F. Completed work shall match the approved Samples for color, textu re, and coverage.
Remove, refinish, or repaint all work not in compliance with specified requirements.
3.05 PAINTING SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR
Sherwin Williams Dunn-Edwards
A. Ferrous Metal – Gloss:
1st Coat: Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Bloc-Rust Premium
Primer B66-310 BRPR00
2nd Coat: Pro Industrial Acrylic Syn-Lustro 10A
Gloss B66-600
3rd Coat: Pro Industrial Acrylic Syn-Lustro 10A
Gloss B66-600
B. Non-Ferrous Metal – Gloss:
Pretreatment: SSPC SP-1 SSPC SP-1
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Painting
San Marcos, California 09900-6
1st Coat: Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Ultrashield DTM Gray Primer B66-310 Primer ULDM00
2nd Coat: Pro Industrial Acrylic Ultrashield Acrylic Gloss Gloss B66-600 ULSH60
3rd Coat: Pro Industrial Acrylic Ultrashield Acrylic Gloss Gloss B66-600 ULSH60
C. Wood – Gloss:
1st Coat: Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Ultrashield Multi-Surface Primer B66-310 Primer ULMS00
2nd Coat: Pro Industrial Acrylic Ultrashield Acrylic Gloss Gloss B66-600 ULSH60
3rd Coat: Pro Industrial Acrylic Ultrashield Acrylic Gloss Gloss B66-600 ULSH60
3.06 PAINTING SCHEDULE – INTERIOR
Sherwin Williams Dunn-Edwards
A. Gypsum Board – Eggshell:
1st Coat: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Vinylastic Plus Latex Wall Primer B28W2600 Sealer VNPL00
2nd Coat: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Spartawall Acrylic Eggshell Eggshell B20-2600 SWLL30
3rd Coat: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Spartawall Acrylic Eggshell Eggshell B20-2600 SWLL30
B. Gypsum Board – Semi-Gloss:
1st Coat: Promar 200 Zero VOC Vinylastic Plus Latex Wall Primer B28W2600 Sealer VNPL00
2nd Coat: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Spartawall Acrylic Semi- Semi-Gloss B31-2600 Gloss SWLL50
3rd Coat: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Spartawall Acrylic Semi- Semi-Gloss B31-2600 Gloss SWLL50
C. Gypsum Board – Flat:
1st Coat: Promar 200 Zero VOC Vinylastic Plus Latex Wall Primer B28W2600 Sealer VNPL00
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/22
City of San Marcos Painting
San Marcos, California 09900-7
2nd Coat: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Spartawall Acrylic Flat Flat B30-2600 SWLL10
3rd Coat: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Spartawall Acrylic Flat Flat B30-2600 SWLL10
D. Ferrous Metal – Semi-Gloss:
1st Coat: ProCryl Primer Bloc-Rust Premium
B66-310 BRPR00
2nd Coat: ProIndustrial Acrylic Spartawall Acrylic Semi- B66-650 Gloss SWLL50
3rd Coat: ProIndustrial Acrylic Spartawall Acrylic Semi- B66-650 Gloss SWLL50
E. Non-Ferrous Metal – Semi-Gloss:
1st Coat: ProCryl Primer Ultra-Grip Premium
B66-310 UGPR00
2nd Coat: ProIndustrial Acrylic Spartawall Acrylic Semi- B66-650 Gloss SWLL50
3rd Coat: ProIndustrial Acrylic Spartawall Acrylic Semi- B66-650 Gloss SWLL50
D. Wood – Stain and Lacquer (Shop Finish):
1st Coat (Stain): SherWood BAC Stain Valsper Wiping Stain S64 Series
2nd Coat (Sealer): KemAqua Sanding V-NRS1620-1
Sealer T65F520 Lacquer Sanding Sealer
3rd and 4th Coats: KemAqua Lacquer NAF1626
Satin, T75F527 LusterLac
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, work under this section shall include all painting work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price pai d for “Furnish and Apply Paint ” shall include f ull compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Fiber Reinforced Plastic Coated Panels San Marcos, California 09950-1
SECTION 09950
FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC COATED PANELS
PART 1 – GENERAL
A. Division 1 Requirements & General Conditions are a part of this section.
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Furnish all labor, materials, services, testing, transportation and equipment n ecessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of all work of this section, as indicated on drawings and specified herein. Work, materials and equipment not indicated or specified which is necessary for a complete and proper operation of the work of this Section in accordance with the true intent and meaning of the Contract Documents shall be provided and incorporated at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data and Certification: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of wall covering and installation materials. Submit manufacturer's Certification that products intended for installation meet the specification requirements.
B. Samples: Submit samples of manufacturer's standard colors for selection.
1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Comply with instructions and recommendations of manufacturer and as herein specified.
B. Deliver materials to project site in original packages or containers clearly labeled to identify manufacturer, brand name, quality or grade, and fire hazard classification.
C. Store materials in original undamaged packages or containers. Do not store rolled goods in upright position. Maintain temperature in storage area above 40oF (4oC).
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Wall Panels: 4' wide panels of fiberglass reinforced plastic panels, by Marlite, or approved equal.
1. Color as indicated on drawings.
B. Moldings and Trim: Standard trim pieces as standard with the manufacturer.
C. Attachment:
1. Mechanical Fasteners: Per manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. Adhesive: As recommended by the manufacturer
3. Sealant: As recommended by the manufacturer
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Fiber Reinforced Plastic Coated Panels San Marcos, California 09950-2
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC COATED PANELS
A: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1. Install panels vertically.
a. Apply adhesive beads to back of panels.
b. Mechanically attach panel edges. Cover screw head with sealant, no 'buttons' allowed.
c. Leave 1/8 inch space between panel edge joints and fill with sealant.
2. Wall Trim: All edges, joints and inside and outside corners are to be finished with trim pieces appropriate to that purpose. Trim shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.04 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Replace removed plates and fixtures; verify cut edges of wall coverings are completely concealed.
B. Remove surplus materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from wall covering installation upon completion of work, and leave areas of installation in neat, clean condition.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Unless otherwise noted in the Plans, w ork under this section shall include all fiber reinforced plastic work associated with the building in accordance with the Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Fiber Reinforced Plastic Coated Panels” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, th ese Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning San Marcos, California Mechanical
Plumbing
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
MECHANICAL
PLUMBING
PART 1 – GENERAL
Refer to the Building Plans for Specifications for Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC), Mechanical, and Plumbing.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Work under this section shall include all HVAC, Mechanical, and Plumbing (including relocation of existing chemical equipment), with the building in accordance with the Building Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Mechanical and Plumbing, Complete-In-Place” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
San Marcos Las Posas Pool 06/03/2022
City of San Marcos Electrical and Lighting
San Marcos, California
ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING
PART 1 – GENERAL
Refer to the Building Plans for Specifications for Electrical and Lighting.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Work under this section shall include all Electrical and Lighting improvements with the building in accordance with the Building Plans and these Special Provisions.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Furnish and Install Electrical and Lighting, Complete-In-Place” shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment necessary to perform the work required under this section in accordance with the Plans, these Special Provisions, and all existing codes and regulations, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
END OF SECTION
1 1
1 t
GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION AND SITE RECOMMENDATIONS
PALOMA PARR SITE
SAN MARCOS, CALIFORNIA
FOR
THE BALDWIN COMPANY
11975 EL CAMINO REAL, SUITE 200
SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92130
W. O. 969- SD OCTOBER. 4, 1990
1 1
1 GeoSoiis, Inc.
1 SITE DESCRIPTION . . . . . . 2
DRAINAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 2 PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 FIELD EXPLORATION 3
AS GRADED CONDITIONS 4
FAULTING AND REGIONAL SEISMICITY 4
LABORATORY TESTING 5
Expansive Soils 5
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 6
General . . . 6
Site Preparation 8
FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS 11
Conventional Foundation Design . . . 11
Construction .. . . ill
Post- Tension Slab . . . . . 14
RETAINING AND RESTRAINED WALL DESIGN 16
General . 16
Retaining Walls 16
Restrained Walls. 17
Drainage . . 17
Subsurface Walls 17
SWIMMING POOL DESIGN 18
Construction . . • . 18`
POST GRADING CRITERIA 19
Additional Grading 19
Footing Trench Excavation . 19
Drainage 19
Planters . 20
Trench ' Backfill . 20
Additional Site Improvements 21
Landscape Maintenance . . , . 21
1 LIMITATIONS 22
GeoSoils, Inc.
i
Geotechnical • Geologic• Environmental
5741 Palmer Way Carlsbad, California 92008 ( 619) 438- 3155 FAX( 619) 931- 0915 October 4, 1990
W. O. 969- SD
THE BALDWIN COMPANY
11975 E1 Camino Real, Suite 200
San Diego, California 92130
Attention: Mr. Rich McDonald
Subject: Geotechnical Evaluation and Site Recommendations Paloma Park Site
San Marcos, California
Reference: Final Soils ' Report,' Mass Grading
Paloma School and Park Site
City of San Marcos, California",
dated June 23, 198. 9, by GeoSoils, Inc.
Gentlemen:
As requested, GeoSoils, Inc. has reviewed our, reports, observed existing site conditions and performed additional field and laboratory testing to evaluate the as- graded_ geotechnical conditions onsite with respect to the. proposed development.
Some of the geotechnical' information utilized - in this evaluation was obtained from previous work conducted on the property. This information was supplemented by additional field evaluations and laboratory testing. This report presents our , findings, conclusions and recommendations with respect to- the proposed site development.
1 THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 2
SITE DESCRIPTION
The site is a roughly square shaped lot, located at the southeast corner of Las Posas _ Road and Borden Road, in the of City San Marcos, California.. The site is bounded on the south by proposed residential structures and on the east by the Paloma school site.
The site was previously sheet graded ( see referenced report) in conjunction with mass grading operations for Phase I of the Paloma project. This earthwork resulted in two relatively flat, split level pads. Portions of the site are sparsely covered with grass and weeds
DRAINAGE
Site drainage is primarily directed toward, the southwest, via sheet flow to` a down drain in the southwest corner of the parcel, which outlets into the storm drain in Las Posas Road.
Additionally there is a 36" storm drain pipe which outlets onto the eastern side of. the park site from the adjacent school site.
Provisions should . be made to control this drainage. At the . time of this review, no surficial water was observed to. be ponding` on site. Site development should include provisions for the control and proper disposal . of surface water.
GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 3
PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT
Information concerning the proposed development was furnished by Estrada Land Planning. Review of the referenced plans for the Park site indicate that the proposed development is to consist of 3 buildings ( community center, child care and pool building) , a swimming pool, two tennis courts, two multi- purpose ball fields and associated parking lot. It is anticipated that wall Toads will not exceed 2 kips per lineal foot and any proposed column loads would not exceed 25 kips. Refer to Plate 1 for location of the structures, facilities, ball fields and parking lot.
FIELD EXPLORATION
1 Subsurface conditions were explored by excavating 7 hand- auger borings and test pits. Test pits and hand auger borings ranged from 2. 0 to 6. 5 feet in depth. Logs of the test pits and hand auger borings are included with this report as Appendix I. Field exploration was performed . on August 21, and 22, 1990 by a staff engineer who logged the test pits and hand auger borings, obtaining samples of representative materials for laboratory testing. The approximate locations of the exploratory test pits and hand auger borings are indicated on the enclosed Geotechnical Map, Plate 1.
GeoSoils, Inc.
1 THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 4
AS GRADED CONDITIONS
The site was previously graded resulting in two relatively flat split level pads. Rockfill was placed during . mass grading operations for the project on the western half and south central portions of this site ( Plate 1) . In the southwestern portion of the site, rockfill is present at the surface. Most of the site is covered by a 1. 5 to 2. 0 foot thick fill cap over the rockfill.
However, a thinner fill cap may be encountered locally. The rockfill includes rocks up to 3± feet in size. The exposed surface of the overlying fill cap has desiccated and loosened. 1 FAULTING AND REGIONAL SEISMICITY
While there are no active faults within or adjacent to the property, there are a number of faults in the Southern. California area which are considered active and would have an effect on the site in the form of ground shaking, should they generate an earthquake. Numerous earthquakes have occurred in Southern California, many of these are historical in nature and lack adequate records.
The San Jacinto Fault- Zone, located approximately 42 miles northeast of the site seems to be the most consistently active zone within a 100 mile radius of the site, and of course the San GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 5
Andreas located approximately 67 miles northeast of the property is the largest fault zone in California. The Elsinore Fault Zone, located 18 miles to the northeast and the Rose Canyon Fault Zone, 12 miles southwest of the site are the closest active faults.
The possibility of ground acceleration at the site may be considered as approximately similar to Southern California as a . whole. Repeatable• ground acceleration , on the property will likely not exceed . 22g under the most credible seismic: events emanating from any one the faults listed.
A geologic and seismic evaluation was previously . compl eted for this area and is contained in our referenced report dated June 23 1989.
LABORATORY TESTING
Expansive Soils
1. Expansive soil conditions have been evaluated for the area with additional laboratory testing. Representative samples of the soils near pad grade were recovered for
classification and testing.
2. A swell test was performed on a remolded sample compacted to 90 percent of the maximum density at, 80 percent of optimum GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4, 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 6
moisture in a brass ring having an inside diameter of 2. 365 inches and a height of 1. 0 inch. A surcharge load was applied and the sample was submerged in water for 24 hours.
The vertical swell was recorded as a percentage of the
original sample height. The test result indicates a swell of 12. 2 percent which is classified as critical expansion potential.
3. An expansion index test was also performed on a representative sample of the soil near pad grade, according to UBC Standard 29- 2. Test results indicate an expansion index of 64, which is classified as medium expansion potential.
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
General
It is anticipated that some of the proposed structures ( i. e. , pool building, swimming pool, tennis courts and a portion of the child care facility) will be situated over the existing rockfill.
The community center building and associated parking lot will be situated upon soil fill material.
Considering the highly variant site conditions, a variety of phenomena could occur creating non- uniform— found ation support conditions for the proposed structures and improvements.. These GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 7
items include: 1) differential settlement due to variable. fill cap thickness; 2) difficult excavation of footings due to the presence or size of rock; 3) the presence of expansive fill materials.
The primary geotechnical concerns with respect to the proposed site development are foundation recommendation for structures over/ into rockf ill and how to minimize or control the expansive potential of the soils currently placed at proposed finish grade.
Presented below, are three alternatives for site preparation with corresponding foundation recommendations for each alternative.
These alternatives are presented in an effort to provide different choices for site development and cost analysis, it is our o inion that each alternative will perform adequately for its intended use
The engineering analysis concerning site preparation and the recommendations prepared below, have been ' completed using the information provided. In the . event that the information concerning the proposed development is not correct, or any changes in the design, location or loading conditions of the proposed structures are made, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report shall not be considered valid unless the changes are reviewed and conclusions of this report are modified or approved in writing by this office.
GeoSolls, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4, 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 8
Site earthwork should be performed in . accordance with the recommendations contained herein and the minimum standards contained in Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code and the grading code of the City of San Marcos.
1 Site Preparation
In general, due to drying of the near surface soils, the existing ground surface will need to be reprocessed a minimum 12 inches, properly moisture conditioned and recompacted prior to placing additional fill on site.
1 If any material is imported to the site, a representative sample should first be provided to this office for analysis and testing to verify compliance with the recommendations contained in this report as well as its compatibility, with the existing on site soils.
Alternative I
This alternative would consist of providing. a minimum four foot thick fill blanket of select, low expansive material ( imported) .
This could be accomplished by:
1) Removal of 4 feet of the existing highly expansive fill and replacement with the low expansive material.
2) Raising the existing grade by four feet by placing additional low expansive material or;
3) A combination of Items 1 and 2 above.
GeoSoiis, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 9
Imported low expansive material should have an E. I. of < 20 and S. E. > 30 and should not include any material over 4 inches in diameter.
1f this alternative is chosen, there would be no need to presaturate the, subsurface soils and conventional foundation systems ( presented in the foundation recommendation section of this report) could be utilized. A minimum of 2 feet of select low expansive material should be maintained below thefoundation system, structures or other improvements ( i. e. pool) . Following . this alternative would also decrease the overall thickness of the pavement section design and decrease , the concrete flatwork recommendations ( dependent upon the specific nature of the import material) .
Alternative II
This alternative consists of utilizing post tensioned slab systems for support of the proposed structures. This alternative would also require reprocessing the upper 1 foot of existing fill material. The remaining recommendations contained in the Foundation Recommendations section of this report should be incorporated into the construction phase of development. If this alternative is chosen, the surface soils. would need to be moistened to optimum moisture content to . a depth of 18 inches prior to pouring concrete.
GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BAMWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 10
1 It is recommended that this procedure be verified by a representative of GeoSoils, Inc. within 48 hours of pouring slabs or flat work and prior to placing visqueen or reinforcement.
Following this alternative would increase flatwork
recommendations.
Alternative III
This alternative would consist of providing a minimum 4 foot thick fill cap utilizing the existing on . site expansive materials. A minimum 2 feet of soil fill material should be placed below the foundation systems, structures or other improvements ( i . e. pool) . The conventional foundation, construction recommendations, contained under highly expansive soil conditions would need to utilized for. structures. The tennis courts would need to be designed as post- tensioned slabs.
If desired other alternatives for tennis court design and construction could also be provided.
Presaturating these subsurface soils would consist of. moisture conditioning the underlying earth materials of each slab area so that the moisture content is equal to or greater than 120 percent of optimum to a depth of 24 inches below slab grade. It is recommended that this procedure be verified by a representative of GeoSoils, Inc. within 48 hours of pouring slabs and prior to placing visqueen or reinforcement.
GeoSoils, Inca
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 11
FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS
Conventional Foundation Design
1. An allowable soil bearing pressure of 1, 500 pounds per square foot may be used for design. Continuous strip footings should have a minimum width of 12 inches and a minimum depth of 12 inches. Spread footings should maintain a minimum concrete to soil contact surface of 4 square feet. The bearing pressure may be increased by one- third for seismic or other temporary loads.
2. An allowable coefficient of friction . concrete and compacted fill of 0. 3 may be used with the deadload forces.
Increases in the coefficient of friction may be considered if granular material or. bedrock is exposed in a ' specific area.
3. Passive earth pressure may be computed as an equivalent fluid pressure having a density of 200 pounds per cubic foot with a maximum earth pressure of 2, 000 pounds per square foot.
4. All footings should maintain a minimum horizontal 1 distance of seven feet from the outside bottom edge of the footing to the face of an adjacent descending slope.
Construction
Provided below . are two separate guidelines for conventionalP foundation construction based on the alternative selected for GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4, 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 12
site preparation. If low expansive soils are imported to the site ( Alternative I) , low expansive construction recommendations can be utilized. If existing soils are utilized to support the proposed structures ( Alternative III) , the highly expansive recommendations should be utilized for construction.
Low Expansive Soils ( Imported Soils- Alternative I) :
1.. Footings may be constructed according to standard building code requirements regarding width and depth. No
reinforcement is necessary due to expansion. However, it is recommended placing two No. . 4 reinforcing bars one near the top and one near the bottom of footings be used.
2. Concrete slabs, where moisture condensation is undesirable, should be underlain withi h a vapor barrier consisting of a minimum of six mil polyvinyl chloride or equivalent membrane with all laps sealed. This membrane should be covered with a minimum of one inch of sand to aid in uniform curing of the concrete.
1 3. Concrete slabs, except in garage areas, . should be reinforced with six inch by six inch, No. 10 by No. 10 welded wire mesh.
All slab reinforcement should be supported to ensure proper positioning during placement of concrete. Garage slabs
should be poured separately from the residence footings. A GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4, 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 13
positive separation should be maintained with expansion joint material to permit relative movement.
4. No specific presaturation is required, however, footing trenches and soil at pad grade should be well watered prior, to ourin concrete.P g
Highly Expansive ( Existing Soils- Alternative III) :
Exterior footings should be founded at a minimum depth of 24 inches below the lowest adjacent ground surface.
Interior footings may have a minimum embedment of 18 inches below the top of the lowest adjacent concrete slab surface.
However, a minimum penetration of 12 inches into the soil is required. Interior isolated piers are not recommended.
All footings should be reinforced with a minimum of four No. 5 reinforcing bars, two placed near the top and two near the bottom of the footings.
Isolated exterior post supports should be founded at a depth of 36 inches below adjacent grade and . tied ' to the main foundation system with grade beams
2. A grade beam, reinforced as above and a minimum 12 inches in width, should be utilized across large entrances. The base of this grade beam should be at the same elevation as the bottom of the adjoining footings.
GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4, 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 14
3. Concrete slabs should be underlain with a minimum of four inches of washed sand. In addition, where moisture condensation is undesirable, a vapor barrier consisting of a minimum of six mil polyvinyl chloride or equivalent membrane with all laps sealed should be provided. At least one inch of moist sand should be placed over the membrane to aid in uniform curing of the concrete.
4. Concrete slabs should be reinforced with a minimum. of No. 3 steel reinforcement bars placed . on 18 inch centers. All slab reinforcement should be supported to ensure placement near the vertical midpoint of the concrete.
5 Any slabs not surrounded by footings on all sides should be P oured separately from the structures footings and be
quartered with expansion, joints or saw cuts. A positive separation from the footings should be maintained with
expansion joint material to permit relative movement.
Post- Tension Slab ( Alternative II)
As an alternative to conventional foundation systems post tensioned slabs may be employed. The recommendations found below ' may be used in design:
Very highly
Expansive
Allowable bearing value 1500 psf
Coefficient of friction 0. 3 inches
Minimum depth of perimeter footing 18 inches
depth below the lowest adjacent grade)
GeoSoiis, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 15
Passive earth pressure 200 pcf
Edge moisture variation em- center 5. 2 inches
Edge moisture variation em- edge 2. 5 inches
Maximum differential swell for
center lift y.- center 1. 15 inches
Maximum differential swell for
edge lift ym edge 0. 26 inches
Maximum expected settlement 0. 5 inches
Presaturation is not required, however, we recommend that the moisture content of the subgrade soils should be equal to or greater than the optimum moisture to a depth of 18 inches below finish grade. A fairly common contributing factor to distress of structures using post- tensioned slabs is a significant fluctuation in the moisture content of soils. underlying the perimeter of the slab compared to the center, causing a` " dishing" or " arching" of the slab. To mitigate " dishing and " arching" of the slab, stiffening interior grade beams should be provided.
The maximum spacing between the grade beams should not exceed 20 feet on center.
A visqueen vapor barrier should be lapped adequately to provide a continuous . water- proof barrier under the entire slab and sandwiched between well moistened two inch sand layers to aid in uniform curing of the concrete.
i
GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY 00TOBER. 4, . 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 16
RETAINING AND RESTRAINED WALL DESIGN
General
The equivalent fluid parameters provided below assumes that low expansive granular backfill is utilized behind the walls. The low. expansive granular backfill should be provided behind the wall at a 1: 1 projection from the heal of the foundation system.
If the expansive soils on the site are used for ' backfill, the parameters provided below should be increased by 100 percent.
Retaining Walls
The recommendations presented are for cantilevered retaining walls up to 10 feet high.
1 Active earth pressure may be used for retaining wall design, provided the top. . of, the wall is not restrained from minor deflections. An equivalent fluid pressure approach may be used to compute the horizontal pressure against the wall. Appropriate fluid unit weights are given below for specific slope gradients of the. retained material. These to not include other superimposed loading conditions such as structures, seismic events or adverse geologic conditions.
Surface Slope of Equivalent
Retained Material Fluid Weight
Horizontal to Vertical P. C. F.
Level 35
2 to 1 - 50
GeoSoils, Inc.
BAMWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990THE
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 17
Foundations for retaining walls should be designed in accordance with the recommendations presented in the preceding Foundation Design section of this report.
Restrained Walls
It is recommended that restrained walls be designed for at- rest pressure equivalent to a fluid density of 55 pcf plus applicable surcharge loading.
Drainage
All retaining and restrained ' walls should be provided with an adequate backdrain system, to prevent buildup of hydrostatic pressures and be designed in accordance with minimum standards of . the City of San Marcos. . In addition, gravel used in backdrain systems should be a minimum of 12 inches of Class II falter material or 3/ 4 inch clean crushed rock wrapped in filter fabric.
Where the void to be filled is confined, the use of crushed rock, pea gravel or panel drains are recommended and should be approved by the project geotechnical . engineer. The surface of . the backfill should be sealed b the concrete slab or the to 24Y p inches compacted with native soil. Proper surface drainage should also be provided.
Subsurface Walls
Building walls below grade, should be water- proofed or damp- proofed, depending on the degree of moisture protection desired.
GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4, 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE IS
SWIMMING POOL DESIGN
It is anticipated that the swimming pool will be constructed into the existing rockfill. Over. excavation is recommended to provide a minimum 2 foot thick compacted fill blanket beneath the pool to provide more uniform foundation support conditions.
The design parameters provided in the foundation design section of this report may be utilized with the recommended bearing material for the pools foundation system.
Active earth pressures may be used for the design of pool wall.
An equivalent fluid pressure approach may be used to compute the horizontal pressure against the pool wall. Given the expansive nature of the - on- site soil, the pool should be designed for highly expansive soils.
Construction
The pools - should- be properly designed by a . structural consultant.
Leakage from swimming pools, or any .' appurtenant plumbing, will create an artificial groundwater condition which would result in various problems; therefore, it is' imperative that the pool and appurtenant plumbing be absolutely leak free.' If they are not constructed as completely leak free, a, subdrain should be constructed beneath the pools. Pool placement and construction GeoSoiis, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4,. 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 19
should be such that it does not adversely affect surface drainage.
1 POST GRADING CRITERIA
1 Additional Grading
This office should be notified in advance of any additional fill placement, regrading of the site, or trench backfilling after rough grading has been completed. This includes completion, of grading in the parking areas, and utility trench and retaining wall backfills.
1 Footing Trench Excavation
All footing trench excavations should be observed by a
representative of this office prior to placing reinforcement.
Footing trench spoil and any excess soils generated from utility trench excavations should be compacted to a minimum relative compaction of 90 percent if not removed from the site.
Drainage
Positive site drainage should be maintained at all times.
Drainage should not flow uncontrolled down any descending slope.
Water should be directed away from foundations and . not. allowed ' to pond and/ or seep into the ground. Pad drainage should be directed toward the street or other approved area.
GeoSoiis, Inc.
THE BAMWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 20
Planters
We would recommend the elimination of all planter areas adjacent to the proposed buildings and for a minimum distance of 10 feet in any direction. The remaining planter areas should be planted with drought- resistant vegetation maintained with only the amount of water necessary to sustain plant life and provided with proper drainage. Overwatering should be avoided. Consideration should be given to the type of vegetation chosen and their potential effect upon surface improvements ( i. e. some trees will have an effect on concrete flatwork with their extensive root systems) .
Trench Backfill
All - utility trench backfill should be placed to the following standards:
1. Ninety percent of the laboratory standard.
2. Interior trenches should be property compacted, 90. percent . relative compaction is . recommended. Observation, probing, and testing to verify adequate results* is also recommended. 3 Exterior trenches, paralleling a footing and extending below a 1: 1 plane projected from the outside bottom edge of the footing should be compacted to 90 percent of the laboratory standard. Sand backfill, unless ' it is similar to the in place fill, should not be , allowed in these trench backfill GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 21
areas. Density testing along with probing should be
accomplished to verify the desired results.
4. Regulations of the governing agency may supersede the above. w5. All trench excavations should conform to all applicable , local safety codes.
Additional Site Improvements
Recommendations for exterior concrete flatwork design and construction can be provided upon request.
If in the future, any additional improvements are planned for the site,. , recommendations concerning the geologic or geotechnical aspects of design and construction of said improvements could be provided upon request.
Landscape Maintenance
Water is known to weaken the inherent strength of all earth materials and cause , soil expansion. Only the amount of irrigation necessary to sustain plant life should be provided.
Over- watering the landscaped areas could adversely affect . proposed/ existing site improvements.
GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 22
LIMITATIONS
The materials encountered on the project site and utilized in our . laboratory study are believed to be representative of the total area. However, soil and bedrock materials may vary in character between excavations and natural outcrops. Test excavations are reflective of the soil and rock materials only at the specific location explored. Site conditions may vary due to seasonal
changes or other factors.
Since our study is based on the site materials observed, selective laboratory testing and engineering analyses, the conclusions and recommendations are professional ' opinions based upon those parameters. These opinions have been derived in accordance with the current standards of practice and" no warranty is expressed or ' implied.
GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4, 1990
W. O. 969- SD PAGE 23
The opportunity to be of service is sincerely appreciated. If you should have any questions, please call.
Very truly yours,
GeoSoils, Inc.
C.
Stokers
Vitha Singh et, GE 782
taff Engineer Geotec ineer
QgpFESSI
SING ,q
e-
Paul L. McClay, 1117
P
782 cmSenior Project ogist L„ >
d Exp. 12,31-93
RCS/ VS/ PLM/ mc p
r
glor fcr+ N` ` t
FpF CAt
Enclosure: Appendix , I, Logs of Test Pits a uger Borings Plate 1, Geotechnical Map
xc: - ( 6) Addressee
GeoSoils, Inc.
APPENDIX I
LOGS OF TEST PIT AND HAND AUGER BORING
GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 1, 1990
W. O. 969- SD
HAND AUGER LOG
Location Depth ( ft.) Material Description
B- 1 0- 2 FILL: Brown, - dry to moist,
loose to dense, CLAY with some
scattered.
Total Depth= 2 feet
B- 2 0- 2 FILL: Brown, dry to moist,
loose to dense CLAY with some
scattered gravel.
Total Depth= 2 feet
B- 3 0- 2 FILL: Brown, dry to moist, loose
to dense , CLAY with some
scattered with some scattered
gravel.
Total Depth= 2 feet
B- 4 0- 1. 5 FILL: Brown, dry to moist,
loose to dense gravelly, CLAY.
Total Depth 1. 5 feet
Depths were limited for hand auger due to presence of rocks in the fill.
GeoSoils, Inc.
THE BALDWIN COMPANY OCTOBER 4, 1990
W. O. 969- SD
TEST PIT LOG
Location Depth ( ft.) Material Description
TP- 1 0- 5. 5 FILL: brown, dry to moist,
loose to dense, gravelly CLAY.
Rockfill encountered at 5. 5 feet
in western portion of test pit.
Total Depth= 5. 5 feet
TP- 2 0- 6. 5 FILL: Brown, dry to moist,
loose to dense, gravelly CLAY.
Rockfill encountered at 6. 5 feet
in western portion of test pit.
Total . Depth= 6. 5 feet
TP- 3 0- 2 FILL: Brown, dry to moist,
loose to dense, gravelly CLAY.
Rockfill encountered' at 2 feet
in western portion of test pit.
Total Depth= 2 feet
GeoSoils, Inca